EPA-340/1-89-001
HOSPITAL WASTE  INCINERATOR FIELD  INSPECTION
         AND SOURCE EVALUATION MANUAL
                    Prepared by:

             Midwest Research Institute
                     Suite  350
            401 Harrison Oaks Boulevard
            Gary, North Carolina  27513
              Contract No. 68-02-4463
               Work Assignment No. 6
                   Prepared for:

             James Topsale, Region III
             Pam Saunders, Headquarters

       U.  S.  Environmental Protection Agency
       Stationary Source  Compliance Division
    Office of A1r Quality Planning  and Standards
              Washington, O.C.  20460
                   February 1989

-------
                                DISCLAIMER

     This manual was prepared by Midwest Research Institute for the
Stationary Source Compliance Division of the U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  It has been completed in accordance with EPA Contract
No. 68-02-4463, Work Assignment 6.  It has been reviewed by the Stationary
Source Compliance Division of the Office of A1r Quality Planning and
Standards, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency and approved for
publication.  Approval does not sicjnlfy that the contents necessarily
reflect the views and policies of the U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  Any mention of product names does not constitute endorsement by
the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.
     The safety precautions set forth in this manual and presented at any
training or orientation session, seminar, or other presentation using this
manual are general in nature.  The precise safety precautions required for
any given situation depend upon and must be tailored to the specific
circumstances.  Midwest Research Institute expressly disclaims any
liability for any personal injuries, death, property damage, or economic
loss arising from any actions taken in reliance upon this manual or any
training or orientation session, seminar, or other presentations based
upon this manual.
                                    ii

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     A primary source of  Information for this manual Is the Municipal
Waste Incinerator Field Inspection Notebook prepared by Richards
Engineering, Durham, North Carolina.  Much of this document, especially
Chapter 6  "Baseline Inspection Procedures for Hospital Incinerators," has
been drawn extensively from the Richard's document.
     The authors acknowledge the guidance and contributions provided by
the EPA work assignment managers, James Topsale, Region III and Pam
Saunders, Stationary Source Compliance Division.
     Additionally, the authors acknowledge the contributions of the
following  individuals who provided useful comments on the initial draft of
this document:  Christopher A. James, EPA/Region X; Jim Eddinger,
EPA/OAQPS; David Painter, EPA/OAQPS; Justine Push, EPA/OECM; Gary Gross,
EPA/Region III; Roger Pfaff, EPA/Reg1on IV; Jay M. Willenberg, State of
Washington, Department of Ecology; Wallace E. Sonntag, New York State,
Department of Environmental Conservation; Carl York, State of Maryland,
A1r Management Administration; and Frank Cross, Cross/Tessitore and
Associates.
                                    111

-------

-------
                             TABLE OF  CONTENTS
                                                                      Page
CHAPTER 1.0  INTRODUCTION	    1-1
             1.1  BACKGROUND	    1-1
             1.2  PURPOSE	    1-1
             1.3  SCOPE	    1-1
             1.4  ORGANIZATION.....	    1-2
             1.5  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 1	    1-3
CHAPTER 2.0  GENERAL INSPECTION CONSIDERATIONS	    2-1
             2.1  LEGAL AUTHORITY OF THE INSPECTOR	    2-1
                  2.1.1  Scope	    2-1
                  2.1.2  State Authority	    2-1
                  2.1.3  Authorized  Representatives	    2-1
                  2.1.4  Offslte Inspections	    2-2
             2.2  REGULATIONS UNDER  THE CLEAN AIR ACT	    2-2
                  2.2.1  Existing Regulations	    2-2
                  2.2.2  Possible Future Regulations	    2-6
             2.3  INSPECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES AND  LIABILITIES	    2-7
                  2.3.1  Legal Responsibilities	    2-7
                  2.3.2  Procedural  Responsibilities	    2-8
                  2.3.3  Safety Responsibilities	    2-9
                  2.3.4  Professional  and Ethical
                           Responsibi 1 ities	    2-9
                  2.3.5  Quality Assurance Responsibilities........    2-11
                  2.3.6  Potential Liabilities	    2-11
             2.4  GENERAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES	    2-12
                  2.4.1  Preinspection Preparation	    2-12
                  2.4.2  Preentry Observations	    2-15
                  2.4.3  Entry	    2-16
                  2.4.4  Contents and  Timing	    2-20
             2.5  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 2	    2-25
                                    iv

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS  (continued)

                                                                      Page

CHAPTER 3.0  INSPECTION SAFETY	   3-1

             3.1  SCOPE	   3-1

             3.2  SAFETY GUIDELINES	   3-1

             3.3  EQUIPMENT-SPECIFIC SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS	   3-5

                  3.3.1  Incinerators	   3-5
                  3.3.2  Wet Scrubbers	   3-6
                  3.3.3  Dry Scrubbers	   3-7
                  3.3.4  Fabric Filters	   3-8

CHAPTER 4.0  VISIBLE EMISSION OBSERVATION	   4-1

             4.1  EPA REFERENCE METHOD 9	   4-1

             4.2  CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING FOR OPACITY	   4-2

             4.3  SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS  FOR OPACITY
                    OBSERVATIONS AT HOSPITAL INCINERATORS	   4-9

                  4.3.1  Tall Stack/Slant Angle	   4-9
                  4.3.2  Steam (Condensing Water Vapor) Plumes	   4-9
                  4.3.3  Evaluating Visible Emissions	   4-9
                  4.3.4  Fugitive Emissions	   4-10

             4.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER  4	   4-10

CHAPTER 5.0  HOSPITAL INCINERATION SYSTEMS	   5-1

             5.1  INTRODUCTION	   5-1

             5.2  TYPES OF HOSPITAL INCINERATOR SYSTEMS	   5-1

                  5.2.1  Principles of Air Supply	   5-3
                  5.2.2  Hospital Incinerator Descriptions	   5-9

             5.3  AIR POLLUTION CONTROL SYSTEMS	   5-22

                  5.3.1  Wet Scrubbers	   5-22
                  5.3.2  Dry Scrubbers	   5-30
                  5.3.3  Fabric Filters	   5-39
                  5.3.4  Electrostatic Precipitators	   5-45

             5.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER  5	   5-45

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS  (continued)
CHAPTER 6.0  BASELINE INSPECTION PROCEDURES FOR HOSPITAL
INCINERATORS 	
6.1



6.2




6.3













6.4




6.5






BASELINE INSPECTION TECHNIQUE 	
6.1.1 Basic Principles 	
6.1.2 Counterflow Technique 	
6.1.3 Co-current Technique 	
LEVELS OF INSPECTION 	
6.2.1 Level 4 Inspections 	
6.2.2 Level 3 Inspections 	
6.2.3 Level 2 Inspections 	
6.2.4 Level 1 Inspections 	
COMMON INSPECTION ACTIVITIES 	
6.3.1 Prepare a System Flowchart 	
6.3.2 Identify Potential Safety Problems 	
6.3.3 Evaluate Locations for Measurement Ports..
6.3.4 Evaluate Visible Emissions 	
6.3.5 Evaluate Double-Pass Transmlssometer
Physical Condition 	
6.3.6 Evaluate Double-Pass Transmlssometer
Data 	
6.3.7 Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Oxides, and
Hydrogen Chloride Monitor Physical
Conditions 	
6.3.8 Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Oxides, and
Hydrogen Chloride Emission Data 	
CHARACTERIZATION OF WASTE 	
6.4.1 Waste Characteristics That Affect
Incinerator Operation 	
6.4.2 Handling of Infectious Wastes 	
6.4.3 Waste Inspection 	
EVALUATION OF COMBUSTION EQUIPMENT 	
6.5.1 Part icu late Matter and Par ticu late
Metals 	
6.5.2 Acid Gases 	
6.5.3 Organics 	
6.5.4 Infectious Agents 	
6.5.5 Inspection of Combustion Equipment 	
6-1
6-1
6-2
6-4
6-4
6-7
6-7
6-9
6-9
6-10
6-10
6-11
6-11
6-12
6-12

6-13

6-13


6-14

6-14
6-15

6-20
6-22
6-23
6-28

6-28
6-29
6-30
6-30
6-31
                                    vi

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

                                                                      Page

             6.6   INSPECTION OF AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS	   6-41

                   6.6.1  Inspection of Wet Scrubbers	   6-41
                   6.6.2  Inspection of Dry Scrubbers	   6-51
                   6.6.3  Inspection of Fabric Filters	   6-58

             6.7   REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 6	   6-66

CHAPTER 7.0  SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS	   7-1

             7.1   INCINERATOR OPERATOR TRAINING AND OPERATOR
                    EXPERIENCE	   7-1

             7.2   EMERGENCY OPERATING PLAN	   7-2

             7.3   CROSS-MEDIA INSPECTIONS	   7-2

                   7.3.1  A1r Pollution	   7-3
                   7.3.2  Solid Waste	   7-3
                   7.3.3  Inspector Multimedia Responsibilities	   7-4

             7.4   STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES FOR HOSPITAL
                    WASTE INCINERATORS AND ASSOCIATED AIR
                    POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICE	   7-6

                   7.4.1  Batch Feed Starved-A1r Incinerator	   7-6
                   7.4.2  Intermittent-Duty, Starved-A1r
                           Inc1 nerators	   7-9
                   7.4.3  Continuous-Duty, Starved-A1r
                           Inc1 nerators	   7-10
                   7.4.4  Excess-Air Incinerators	   7-11
                   7.4.5  Wet Scrubbers	   7-12
                   7.4.7  Fabric Filters	   7-15

             7.5   WASTE HEAT BOILERS	   7-17

             7.6   CITIZENS COMPLAINT FOLLOWUP	   7-18

             7.7   REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 7	   7-18

CHAPTER 8.0  GLOSSARY	   8-1

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                      Page
APPENDIX A.  INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR WASTE CHARACTERIZATION	   A-l
APPENDIX B.  INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR INCINERATORS	   B-l
APPENDIX C.  INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR POLLUTION CONTROL SYSTEMS....   C-l
APPENDIX D.  METHOD 9 WORK SHEET	   D-l
APPENDIX E.  SAFETY CHECKLIST	   E-l
APPENDIX F.  CITIZEN COMPLAINT FORM	   F-l
APPENDIX G.  EXAMPLE INSPECTION REPORT	   G-l
                                   vm

-------
                               LIST OF  TABLES
                                                                      Page
TABLE 2-1.  GUIDELINE EMISSION LIMITS  FOR INCINERATORS BURNING
              HOSPITAL WASTE	  2-5
TABLE 4-1.  SUMMARY OF METHOD 9 REQUIREMENTS	  4-3
TABLE 4-2.  PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR OPACITY MONITORS	  4-7
TABLE 5-1.  CLASSIFICATION OF HOSPITAL INCINERATORS	  5-4
TABLE 5-2.  WET SCRUBBER PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS	  5-23
TABLE 6-1.  ULTIMATE ANALYSES OF FOUR PLASTICS	  6-19
TABLE 6-2.  INCINERATOR INSTITUTE OF AMERICA SOLID WASTE
              CLASSIFICATIONS	  6-21
TABLE 6-3.  MATRIX OF MEDICAL WASTE INSPECTION ACTIVITIES
              ASSOCIATED WITH INSPECTION LEVELS 1, 2, 3, AND 4	  6-24
TABLE 6-4.  MATRIX OF COMBUSTION EQUIPMENT INSPECTION ACTIVITIES
              ASSOCIATED WITH INSPECTION LEVELS 1, 2, 3, AND 4	  6-32
TABLE 6-5.  MATRIX OF AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICE INSPECTION
              ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATED WITH INSPECTION
              LEVELS 1, 2, 3, AND 4	  6-43
TABLE 7-1.  LIST OF HAZARDOUS WASTES THAT MAY BE GENERATED AT A
              MEDICAL FACILITY	  7-5
                                    IX

-------
                              LIST  OF  FIGURES
                                                                      Page
Figure 4-1.    Typical  transmissometer installation for measuring
Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-4.
Figure 5-5.
Figure 5-6.
Schematic of a controlled-air incinerator 	
Control of temperature as a function of excess air....
Schematic of a batch/starved-air incinerator 	
Operating sequence of a waste charging hopper/ram
system 	
Intermittent/control led-air incinerator with vertical
primary chamber and horizontal secondary chamber....
Schematic of a continuous operation controlled-air
5-5
5-7
5-10
5-12
5-14
                incinerator with mechanical  charging and
                ash  removal	
Figure 5-7.

Figure 5-8.
Figure 5-9.
Figure 5-10.
Figure 5-11.
Figure 5-12.
Figure 5-13.
Figure 5-14.

Figure 5-15.

Figure 5-16.
Figure 5-17.
Figure 5-18.
              Retort  multiple-chamber,  excess-air Incinerator for
                patho1ogical  wastes	
              In-line  excess air incinerator	
              Drawing  for rotary kiln  incinerator	
              Venturi  configuration	
              Spray venturi  with rectangular throat...
              Vertically  oriented packed-bed scrubber.
             Components  of  a  spray  dryer  absorber  system (semiwet
               process)	
             Components  of  a  dry  injection  absorption  system
               (dry process)	
             Components  of  a  combination  spray dryer and dry
               injection absorption system  (semiwet/dry  process)..
             Schematic of pulse jet baghouse	
             Top access pulse jet fabric filter	
             Cross sectional sketch of pulse jet fabric  filter.
5-16

5-17
5-19
5-21
5-25
5-26
5-29

5-32

5-33

5-34
5-40
5-41
5-43

-------
                        LIST OF FIGURES (continued)
                                                                      Page
Figure 6-1.   Counterflow inspection approach	  6-5
Figure 6-2.   Co-current inspection approach	  6-6
Figure 6-3.   The biological hazard symbol	  6-16
                                    xi

-------
                              1.0   INTRODUCTION

 1.1  BACKGROUND
      Hospitals have long used incineration  for  the disposal  of  all  or  part
 of the wastes they generate;  the  practice  is  expected to grow in  the near
 future.  Many States recently have established  regulations governing the
 disposal  of infectious wastes; other States are considering  such  regula-
 tions.  The trend in these regulations  is away  from direct landfill ing and
 toward treatment to render wastes innocuous prior to land disposal.  The
 primary treatment method is expected to be  incineration.
      At the same time that infectious waste disposal considerations are
 creating  pressures for increased  incineration of hospital wastes,  interest
 in the regulation of air emissions from these sources is also rising.
 Recent investigation into emissions from municipal  waste incinerators  has
 heightened  the awareness of the potential for emissions  of fine particu-
 late  matter,  acid gases, and  toxic compounds  (e.g.,  chlorinated dioxins
 and furans)  from hospital  incinerators.  This has stimulated interest  in
 these sources that once were  considered  too small  to be  closely
 regulated.  A number of States  have enacted or  are  considering new
 regulations for hospital waste  incinerators (HWI's).
      As new,  more stringent regulations  affecting HWI's  raise control
 costs,  the  economic viability of  larger  commercial  units built to serve a
 number  of hospitals increases.  Such  facilities  can  take advantage of  the
 economies of  scale  of  incineration  and pollution  control equipment and
 likely will be  much more able to profitably recover  energy profitably  than
 will  a  small  HWI  with  its characteristic load fluctuations.
 1.2   PURPOSE
      These trends  in the use and regulation of HWI's provide the impetus
 for this manual.  The  purpose of this manual  is  to meet  the growing need
 for specialized  information on this source of air pollution.
     This manual  provides air program inspectors with a concise body of
 information pertinent  to the inspection of hospital  waste incinerators.
 1.3  SCOPE
     This manual  is not  intended to provide detailed  information on
general inspection procedures  and  techniques.   These  subjects have been
                                  \

                                    1-1

-------
well covered elsewhere.1*2  These subjects will be touched upon as
necessary to present an Integrated approach to HWI Inspections, but the
focus of this manual win be on those subject areas with greatest
relevance to HWI's.  Special emphasis will be placed on matters unique to
HWI's.
     Much of the information relative to the components and operating
principles of hospital waste incineration systems was taken from
"Operation and Maintenance of Medical Waste Incinerators" which is
currently under development by the U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  Inspectors should refer to this document for detailed information
on the proper operation and maintenance of hospital waste incinerator
systems.
1.4  ORGANIZATION
     In Chapter 2, general inspection information is presented. Topics
include legal authority, regulations under the Clean Air Act, Inspector
responsibilities and liabilities, and general inspection procedures.
Chapter 3 discusses safety during inspections, with emphasis on hazards
specific to HWI's and the control devices expected at such facilities.
Visible emission observation procedures are presented in Chapter 4.
     In Chapter 5, background information on HWI types 1s presented.
Excess-air, starved-a1r, and rotary kiln units are discussed.  Background
is also given for the types of control devices currently in use at HWI
facilities and those expected to come into use as more stringent
regulations are adopted.  These include wet and dry scrubbers and fabric
filters.
     The heart of this manual is presented in Chapter 6.  Inspection
checklists and detailed inspection procedures are provided for Levels 2,
3, and 4 inspections of HWI's and control devices.
     Special  considerations are addressed 1n Chapter 7.  These include HWI
operator training, emergency operating plans, cross-media Inspections,
citizen complaint followup, waste heat boilers, and startup and shutdown
procedures.  Finally, a number of appendices present supplementary
materials such as inspection checklists.
                                    1-2

-------
1.5  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 1

1.  U. S.  EPA Stationary Source Compliance Division, "Air Compliance
    Inspection Manual," U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    Publication No. 340/1-85-020.  September 1985.

2.  Richards, J.  R., and Segal!, R. R., "Baseline Source Inspection
    Techniques,"   U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  Publication
    No. 340/l-85-022a.   June 1985.
                                   1-3

-------

-------
                   2.0  GENERAL INSPECTION CONSIDERATIONS

 2.1  LEGAL AUTHORITY OF THE INSPECTOR1
      Section 114 of the Clean Air Act (CAA)  provides the Administrator of
 EPA or his authorized representative with the authority, upon presentation
 of his credentials, to enter the  premises of facilities  subject to
 regulations under the Act for the purpose of conducting  onsite inspections
 to monitor compliance with these  regulations.
 2.1.1  Scope
      Inspections conducted under  Section 114 extend  to all  things  relating
 to compliance with the requirements  of the CAA which are within the
 premises being inspected.   These  may include:
      1.  Records;
      2.  Files;
      3.  Processes;
      4.  Monitoring equipment;
      5.  Controls;
      6.  Sampling methods;  and
      7.  Emissions.
 2.1.2  State  Authority
      In accord with  the  intent of  the  CAA, much of the compliance
 monitoring,  including onsite  inspections,  is  accomplished at  the State
 level.   Section  114  of the Act allows  Federal  authority  to be delegated to
 the States to carry  out that Section.  Where  a State has been delegated
 full  Section  114  authority from EPA, the  same  authority  EPA has to
 monitor,  sample,  inspect or copy records, and  any other  authority under
 Section  114 can,  in  like manner, be exercised  by the State.   No
 representative of EPA need accompany the State officials.
 2.1.3  Authorized Representatives
     The EPA does not always have the  staff available to conduct all of
 the compliance monitoring functions on its own.  In order to accomplish
 these functions, EPA frequently hires private contractors to provide
 technical support for onsite inspections and  sampling, among other
 things.  The EPA maintains that such contractors upon proper designation
are "authorized representatives" of the Administrator within the meaning
                                    2-1

-------
 of  Section  114;  however,  the courts have not unanimously upheld EPA's
 position.   For this  reason, EPA  has adopted a  policy  that duly-authorized
 contractors are  used to conduct  onsite  inspections only in those Circuits
 where  Courts of  Appeals'  decisions have not been against the use of
 contractors as authorized representatives.
     The EPA's current policy on the use of contractors to conduct onsite
 inspections is as  follows:
     1.  First,  Second, Third, Fourth, Fifth,  Seventh, Eighth, Eleventh,
 and District of  Columbia  Circuits.  Authorized contractors may be
 designated  to provide technical  support for inspection of facilities owned
 by anyone other  than Stauffer Chemical Company.
     2.  Ninth Circuit.   Authorized contractors may be designated to
 provide technical  support for any inspections.
     3.  Sixth and Tenth  Circuits.  Absent express permission from
 Headquarters,  authorized  contractors should not be designated to provide
 technical support for any inspections.
 2.1.4  Offslte Inspections
     The EPA  also has the authority to conduct unannounced, off-the-
 premises inspections, such as visible emission observations.
 2.2  REGULATIONS UNDER THE CLEAN AIR ACT
 2.2.1  Existing Regulations
     2.2.1.1   New Source  Performance Standards (NSPS).2  At this time, no NSPJ
 is applicable  specifically to HWI's.   However, two existing NSPS could
 apply to very  large  facilities.  The standard for industrial, commercial,
 and institutional steam generating units (40 CFR Part 60, Subpart Db)
 applies to facilities with a heat input capacity of 100 million Btu/h or
greater that recover heat to generate steam or heat water.  This heat
 input is greater than the capacity of any onsite HWI available at this
time but is not out of the question for a regional  commercial facility.
For this NSPS to be applicable, a facility burning Type 0 waste with a
heating value of 8,500 Btu per pound  would have to have a capacity of
nearly 12,000 pounds per hour (140 tons/d)  or more.  The standard
regulates opacity and emissions of PM,  NOX, and S02.
                                    2-2

-------
      The standard for Incinerators (40 CFR Part 60,  Subpart E)  applies to
 incinerators with a capacity of 50 tons/d  or greater that burn  more than
 50 percent "municipal type waste."  Under  the definitions of the standard,
 HWI's would seem to qualify.  Even so, only the largest onsite  units or
 regional  facilities would qualify.  Currently,  this  standard regulates PM
 emissions; the standard is being revised.
      2.2.1.2  National  Emission Standards  for Hazardous Air Pollutants
 (NESHAP's).  Standards  for emissions of radionuclides to the atmosphere
 have  been promulgated for DOE facilities (40 CFR Part 61, Subpart H) and
 for other facilities (40 CFR Part 61,  Subpart I).  Some medical  research
 facilities are licensed to incinerate  their radioactive wastes.   At these
 facilities, these wastes likely will be incinerated  along with  the
 facility's infectious wastes,  and the  incinerator will  be subject to the
 applicable NESHAP.   It  is unlikely that most hospital  incinerators will  be
 licensed  to incinerate  radioactive wastes,  so incinerators at these
 facilities are unlikely to be  subject  to the NESHAP's.
      2.2.1.3   State Implementation Plans (SIP's).  Under the CAA,  a State
 wishing to administer its own  air quality control programs must  receive
 approval  from  EPA of its SIP.   ,o be approved,  the SIP  is required to
 include a number  of specific programs,  including prevention of significant
 deterioration  (PSD)  in  attainment areas, new source  review (NSR)  in
 nonattainment  areas,  and air quality management plans and emission
 limitations to maintain  (or  progress towards) attainment  of national
 ambient standards.
      Incinerators  located  at hospitals  are too  small  for  PSD  and  NSR
 programs  to apply.   These  programs, particularly NSR, could apply  to  very
 large regional commercial  HWI's.
     Some States are now regulating emissions from HWI's  specifically,  but
most have no specific requirements for  these  sources.  Where  emission
 limits have been adopted,  they are generally quite stringent.  For
 instance, Pennsylvania has recently (January  1988) adopted  standards that
 limit  emissions of particulate matter from the largest HWI's  (capacity
>2,000 pounds per hour)  to 0.015 gr/dscf, corrected to 7  percent 02.  This
 limitation is based on the best demonstrated technology (BDT) determined
for municipal waste incinerators, the use of a dry scrubber followed by  a
                                    2-3

-------
 fabric filter or ESP.  Emissions of CO, HC1, and S02 are also regulated,
 as  1s the opacity of the visible emissions.  Several States have Imposed
 regulations on new HWI's similar to those governing hazardous waste
 Incinerators under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA):
 0.08 gr/dscf (corrected to 12 percent C02) for particulate matter, 100 ppm
 for CO, and 99 percent control or 4 pounds per hour for HC1, whichever is
 higher.   (These standards are essentially the same as the Pennsylvania
 regulations for the smallest HWI's, those with capacities <500 pounds per
 hour.)  Although current Interest 1n Infectious waste is creating a trend
 towards specific regulations, in many States the only existing regulations
 that apply to HWI's are general prohibitions on excessive opacity and
 odor.  Table 2-1 presents emission limit guidelines currently promulgated
 for several States that represent the trend towards specific HWI emission
 limits.
     2.2.1.4  State Air Toxics Programs.  Most States have relatively new air
 toxics programs to regulate toxic emissions based on the ambient
 concentrations that result from operation of the source.  For instance,
 the Pennsylvania regulations require ambient Impact analyses for a number
 of inorganic and organic substances using dispersion modeling.
     2.2.1.5  Construction and Operating Permits.  Because there currently are
 no NSPS regulations governing HWI's, many states are promulgating
 regulations of their own that Impose both emission limitations and minimum
 operating conditions on the incinerator and air pollution control
 devices.  These types of regulations are included as part of the HWI's
 construction and operating permit.
     Most states require that emission sources apply for a combined
 construction and operating permit; other states require both a
 construction permit and an operating permit.  The Inspector should become
 familiar with the limitations and conditions included in the facility's
permit prior to Inspecting the HWI.   Table 2-1 presents examples of the
types of emission limitations that have been promulgated in some states.
Operating condition limits may Include minimum primary and secondary
chamber temperatures, minimum gas retention time in the secondary chamber,
and minimum pressure drop across the venturi section.
                                    2-4

-------











UJ
01
^
31

^
h-
O.
00
z
C9
Q£
=3
CD
S
O

Of.
UJ
!_!
z

fy.
o
u.
00


jr
>-^
~*
O
oo
01
j;



z



UJ
a
^^J
C9
.
i— i
1
eg
UJ
— i
L^
p~




































M
s
~
£

















































sT








a








5









X
s












L.
a
*
4t
|

is
a.





^
•^
u
a
I










!

e
*
w
i
Q,
f*.
£
|^
a0""
.
° « s
S 8 a

•8-5
*" ^S ^
** v
4* & * 41
fco^i
tt? i i


e
8
U
4f
&
O
v


2
41
**
|
i

t*.
U
£
"£• "u
O» Wt


^ 0>
o

2 ° °
— c •« e
•— 41 41 41
U W ••• W
* 4» £ 4?
o. ar a
£~3~

K V
UJ *








|
1










i
C
4*
U

a
X ft
1 1
3-
if-
g 2o~

«*
£

5 1
|s
** J? ^
» -s*

v

•- 3
S5
8 f
fc"-
a S S
o o u


Si ^ O
237
2 • .
» i ?
I i s





OJ
a


g
i

—
~—
J{
o>
CO
o
o
f

u
<2 x

^m
IQ V ri-k
i * s
> u •—
"x J= 0
s - s
C I VI
41 **
Ol k X J=
J O .0 01
> 0^ X
* - S X
•2" S ? *
s s - «
2 1L& 8
> r*. M* 41

a * j£ o
s ~""*
e
41
w
u
41

X «*•
"i *
J-
> *
1 2_
g io~

* fc x£
2 -^ •* -?
V (>ja «
— V
** £ ^2 "°
3 u e
2 < 8
» -.- b
9

•• 3

8 f
°-S 8
O Q O


S» *C O
2 37
4»
> • *
" i *
i-« fc
S 3 3





"^L
o

•«
£
a
&

—
^*
o
«•
1

o
d
•— o
•*- **

4 jC
^—» Q *~*

•* ^"fc
I S? *"
> A 8
x f o
§•*• OJ
X VI
£
CTI & >s J=
2 --» ^ -2*
4f (SfO «f
'- 3 X
i £ *-°
= s u 1

»»*»«•• 4»
J — ~ *
a « £ o
a : i •:
1
u
> *TN*
* O
X •**
"i 8

1-
i"1 ' ; : i

*!s x£
S -* •* -21
* v
^ £ t2

2 &JE 8
»"• z i
s""" i ; ;
^
.. s
£ •
8 a
&s?
2 i S.
v e <«
•— u
s.^ s
23-
? . 2 2
" i 3 8
fa? i
I : : a


JIP^
*-*. rsi rg fs*
oj O O O
O CJ «J <->


c c e c
8 S S 8
U U U U
41 4» 41 4»
a a. a. a.
rs. -•
s
•o
fe
CD
o
d


**
^ X

1 — je S"
< w ^ ^
••* S" 	
£ u 8 8
| 5 °. J
— "5 "ft *9










i








]








J









C
0.
a
04
o
o
^
e

u

a
OJ

-------
 2.2.2  Possible  Future Regulations
     2.2.2.1   NSPS.  The EPA 1s considering an NSPS for smaller boilers,
 perhaps with a cutoff as low as 10 million Btu/h heat input.   Such a
 regulation has potential applicability to HWI's with capacities as low as
 1,200 pounds per hour (assuming Type 0 wastes with a heating value of
 8,500 Btu/lb)  that produce steam or hot water.
     2.2.2.2   SIP's.  With the establishment of an ambient standard for
 resplrable partlculate matter (PM10), SIP revisions are required for a
 number of areas.  As a source of PM10, HWI's may be addressed in these SIP
 revisions with new Mission limits.  This may also result 1n new emphasis
 on HWI's under NSR provisions.
     2.2.2.3   The Medical Waste Tracking Act of 1988.  The Medical Waste
 Tracking Act of  1988 was signed Into, law by President Reagan on
 November 1, 1988.  House Rule (HR) 3515 created a pilot program to track
 infectious medical wastes in 10 states including New York, New Jersey,
 Connecticut, and the States contiguous to the Great Lakes (Wisconsin,
 Illinois, Michigan, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Minnesota).
 Additionally,  HR 3515 listed the following 10 categories of waste that
 must be Included in the tracking system:
     •   Cultures and stocks of Infectious agents and associated
 biologlcals, such as cultures from laboratories;
     •   Pathological wastes, such as tissues, organs, and body parts;
     •   Human blood wastes and other blood products, including serum,
 plasma, and other blood components;
     •   Sharps that have been used in patient care, medical research, or
 industrial laboratories;
     •   Contaminated animal carcasses, body parts, and animal bedding
exposed to Infectious agents during research;
     •   Surgery or autopsy wastes that came in contact with infectious
agents;
     •   Laboratory wastes from medical, pathological, pharmaceutical, or
other research, conaercial, or industrial laboratories that were in
contact with Infectious agents;
     •   Dialysis wastes that were in contact with the blood of patients
undergoing hemodialysis;
                                    2-6

-------
          Discarded medical  equipment and  parts  that were in contact with
 Infectious  wastes; and
      •    Biological  wastes  and discarded  materials  contaminated  with
 blood,  excretion,  or secretions from human  beings or animals that  are
 isolated  to protect  others  from communicable diseases.
      Additional wastes may  be added  by  the  EPA  administrator.  The
 10  wastes must be  segregated  at the  point of generation  and must be placed
 in  appropriately labeled  containers  that  will protect waste handlers and
 the public  from exposure.   Additionally,  a  waste manifest system will  be
 implemented for generators  who have  their waste disposed offsite.   For
 waste generators who treat  their waste  through  onsite incineration and who
 do  not  track their waste  as outlined above, a recordkeeping and  reporting
 requirement will be  Implemented that requires the generator to report  the
 volume  and  types of  medical waste Incinerated on site for 6 months after
 the effective date of the tracking system.  The EPA expects to publish
 proposed  regulations in early February  1989.  Depending  on the success of
 the pilot program, the medical  waste tracking system may be Implemented
 nationwide.
 2.3  INSPECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES AND  LIABILITIES1
      The primary role of the  air compliance Inspector 1s  to gather
 information  needed for the  determination of compliance with applicable
 regulations  and for  other enforcement-related activities,  such as  case
 development.  Closely coupled with the accomplishment of  these functions
 are certain responsibilities of  the  air compliance  inspector, which
 include:  (1) knowing and abiding by the legal   requirements  of the
 inspection,   (2)  using proper procedures for effective inspection and
 evidence collection,  (3) practicing  accepted safety  procedures,
 (4)  maintaining  certain quality  assurance standards,  and  (5) observing the
professional and ethical responsibilities of the government  employee.
Additional Important considerations  for the inspector are  any potential
 liabilities  of his  position.
2.3.1  Legal Responsibilities
     It  1s essential that all  inspection activities be conducted within
the  legal  framework established by the CAA.   In particular,  this
includes:
                                    2-7

-------
      1.  Proper handling of confidential business information;
      2.  Presentation of proper credentials and plant entry at reasonable
times;
      3.  Protection of the company's and its personnel's legal rights
under the U.S. Constitution;
      4.  Knowledge of all applicable statutes, regulations, and permit
conditions; and
      5.  Use of not1ce(s) and receipts, if appropriate.
2.3.2 Procedural Responsibilities
      The Inspector must be familiar with and adhere to, when possible, all
general Inspection procedures and evidence gathering techniques.  This
will  ensure accurate Inspections and avoid the possibility of endangering
a legal proceeding on procedural grounds.
      2.3.2.1  Inspection Procedures.  Inspectors should observe standard
procedures for conducting each portion of the inspection, when possible.
All deviations should be clearly documented.  The accepted general
Inspection procedures are covered in detail 1n Section 2.4 of this
chapter.
      2.3.2.2  Evidence Collection.  Inspectors must be familiar with general
evidence gathering techniques.  Because the government's case in an
enforcement action depends on the evidence gathered by the inspector, it
is Imperative that the Inspector keep detailed records of each
inspection.  These records will serve as an aid in preparing the
inspection report, in determining the appropriate enforcement response,
and in giving testimony in an enforcement case.  Documentation of evidence
1s covered 1n Chapter 2.0 of this manual.  Several responsibilities
Involved in evidence collection and presentation should be addressed
here.  Specifically, Inspectors must:
      1.  Know how to substantiate facts with items of evidence, including
samples, photographs, document copies, statements from persons, and
personal observations.
     2.  Know how to detect lack of good faith during interviews with
company personnel.
     3.  Be familiar with all applicable regulations and what type of
information is required to determine compliance with each.
                                    2-8

-------
      4.   Be able to  evaluate what  documentation  is necessary  (routine
 inspection).
      5.   Collect evidence  in a manner that will  be incontestable  in  legal
 proceedings.
      6.   Be able to  write  clear, informative  inspection reports.
      7.   Know how to testify in court and at  administrative hearings.
 2.3.3 Safety Responsibilities
      The inspection  of  air pollution  control  equipment and related work  in
 other areas of Industrial  facilities  generally involves potential exposure
 to  numerous hazards.  The  Inspector must, at  all times, avoid putting
 him/herself or any plant personnel at unnecessary risk.  To accomplish
 this, it 1s the inspector's responsibility to:
      1.   Know and observe  all plant safety requirements, warning  signals,
 and emergency procedures.
      2.   Know and observe  all agency  safety requirements, procedures, and
 policies.
      3.   Remain current in safety  practices and  procedures by regulaY
 participation 1n agency safety training.
      4.   Use any safety equipment  required by the facility being  inspected
 1n  addition to  that  required by the agency.
      5.   Use safety  equipment in accordance with agency guidance  and label
 instructions.
      6.   Maintain  safety equipment in  good condition and proper working
 order.
      7.   Dress  appropriately for each  inspection activity, including
 protective  clothing, if appropriate.
      Chapter 3.0 of this manual and listed references address inspection
 safety procedures and other safety-related questions in more detail.
 2.3.4  Professional and Ethical Responsibilities
     As professionals and employees of Federal, State, or local
 authorities,  inspectors are expected to perform their duties with
 Integrity and professionalism.   Procedures and requirements ensuring
 ethical actions have been worked out through many years of governmental
 inspection activities.   These procedures and standards of conduct have
evolved for the protection of the individual  and the Agency, as well as
                                    2-9

-------
 Industry.  The  Inspector  is constantly in a position to set an example for
 private  industry,  to encourage concern for health and safety in the
 environment, and to promote compliance with the laws that protect the
 environment and the health and safety of employees.
     Specifically, the  inspector should always consider and observe the
 following  list  of  responsibilities.
     2.3.4.1  U.S. Constitution.  All investigations are to be conducted with
 the framework of the U.S. Constitution and with due regard for individual
 rights regardless  of race, sex, creed, or national origin.
     2.3.4.2  Employee  Conduct.  Inspectors are to conduct themselves at all
 tiroes in accordance with  the regulations prescribing EPA Employee
 Responsibilities and Conduct, codified in 40 CFR Part 3.
     In the absence of  specific guidelines regarding conduct during an
 inspection, it  is  recommended that State and local agency inspectors
 become familiar with these regulations and conduct themselves in a similar
 manner.
     2.3.4.3  Objectivity.  The facts of an Investigation are to be developed
 and reported completely,  accurately, and objectively.  In the course of an
 investigation,  any act  or failure to act motivated by reason of private
 gain is illegal.  Actions which could be construed as such should be
 scrupulously avoided.
     2.3.4.4  Knowledge.  A continuing effort to improve professional knowled
 and technical skill in  the investigation field should be made.  The
 inspector should keep abreast of changes in the field of air pollution,
 including current regulations, EPA and other agency policies, control
 technology, methodology, and safety considerations.
     2.3.4.5  Professional Attitude.  The inspector is a representative of EPi
 or State or local  government and is often the initial or only contact
 between the appropriate agency and industry.  In dealing with facility
 representatives and employees, inspectors must be dignified, tactful,
 courteous, and diplomatic.  They should be especially careful not to
 infringe on union/company agreements.  A firm but responsive attitude will
 help to establish an atmosphere of cooperation and should foster good
working relations.   The inspector should always strive to obtain the
                                   2-10

-------
 respect  of,  Inspire confidence  in, and maintain  good will with  industry
 and the  public.
      2.3.4.6  Attire.   Inspectors should dress appropriately, including wearing
 protective clothing or  equipment, for the  activity  in which they are
 engaged.
      2.3.4.7  Industry,  Public, and Consumer  Relations.  All information
 acquired  1n  the  course  of  an  inspector's duties  is  for official use
 only.  Inspectors  should not  speak of any  product,  manufacturer, or person
 in  a derogatory  manner.
      2.3.4.8  Gifts, Favors,  Luncheons.  Inspectors should not  accept favors or
 benefits  under circumstances  that might be construed as  influencing the
 performance  of governmental duties.  The EPA  regulations provide an
 exemption whereby  an Inspector could accept food and refreshment of
 nominal value  on infrequent occasions in the  ordinary course of a luncheon
 or  dinner meeting  or other meeting, or during an Inspection tour.
 Inspectors should  use this exemption only  when absolutely necessary.
     2.3.4.9   Requests for Information.  Although EPA has a general "open-door"
 policy on releasing Information to the public, this policy does not extend
 to  Information related to  the suspicion of a  violation, evidence of
 possible misconduct, or  confidential  business Information.
 2.3.5  Quality Assurance Responsibilities
     The  Inspector assumes primary responsibility for ensuring the quality
 of data generated as a result of the inspection.  The inspector should
 thus adhere to quality assurance procedures appropriate to the type of
 data being generated.  In  general, quality assurance procedures are
 developed concerning the following elements:
     1.  Valid data collection;
     2.  Approved, standard methods;
     3.  Control of service,  equipment, supplies;
     4.  Quality analytical techniques; and
     5.  Standard data handling and  reporting.
2.3.6  Potential  Liabilities
     In addition to their responsibilities, inspectors should also be
aware of  potential  personal liabilities.   Some examples of the most common
liabilities  are listed below.   The inspector should consult his/her
                                   2-11

-------
supervisor or agency legal staff for exact legal determinations on
personal liability.
     2.3.6.1  Confidential Business Information.  Under Section 1905 of
Title 18 of the United States Code, Federal employees can be fined,
imprisoned, or both for disclosure of confidential business information.
     2.3.6.2  Wa1vers/V1s1tor Releases.  Some companies waivers or visitor
releases, 1f- signed, purport to make the person signing liable for certain
acts he or she might commit on plant property.  These must never be signed
by the Inspector.
     2.3.6.3  Authority.  In some cases, the inspector could be held liable f
actions committed beyond the scope of his/her authority; the Inspector
must always know exactly what his/her authority is.
2.4  GENERAL INSPECTION PROCEDURES
     This section briefly describes some of the legal and administrative
procedures common to most air compliance inspections.  More complete
discussion of the legal and administrative procedures common to most
inspections can be found in Chapter 3 of the Air Compliance Inspection
Manual, EPA-340/1-85-020, September 1985.  These procedures will help to
ensure that technical Inspections are complete, current, and legally
defensible and that the data gathered can be used effectively in later
compliance monitoring and determination.
     These general inspection procedures can be categorized by the order
in which they occur in the Inspection process:  (1) preinspection
preparation, (2) preentry observations, (3) entry, and (4) contents and
timing.  These categories are discussed below.
2.4.1  Preinspection Preparation
     Preinspection preparation is always necessary to ensure effective use
of the Inspector's time and the facility personnel's time and to ensure
that the Inspection 1s focused properly on collecting relevant data and
Information.  Preinspection preparation Involves:
     1.  Review of facility background;
     2.  Development of an inspection plan;
     3.  Notifications; and
     4.  Equipment preparation.
                                   2-12

-------
     2.4.1.1  Review of Facility Background.  A review of the available
background Information on the infectious waste incinerator to be inspected
is essential to the overall success of the inspection.  The review should
enable the inspector to become familiar with the incinerator's design,
operating procedures, and emission characteristics; conduct the inspection
in a timely manner; minimize inconvenience to the facility by not
requesting unnecessary data such as that previously provided to EPA or
another agency; conduct an efficient but thorough inspection; clarify
technical and legal issues before entry; and prepare a useful inspection
report.  The types of information that should be reviewed are listed
below.
     1.  Basic facility information.
         a.  Names, titles, and phone numbers of facility representatives;
         b.  Maps showing facility location and geographic relationship to
             residences,  etc., potentially impacted by emissions;
         c.  Incinerator  type and capacity;
         d.  Types of wastes incinerated;
         e.  Flowsheets Identifying control devices and monitors; and
         f.  Safety equipment requirements.
     2.  Pollution control  equipment and other relevant equipment data.
         a.  Description  and design data for control  devices;
         b.  Baseline performance data for control  equipment;
         c.  Continuous emission monitoring system(s)  data;
         d.  Previous inspection checklists (and reports);  and
         e.  Information  on maintenance program, if available.
     3.   Regulations, requirements, and limitations.
         a.  Most recent  permits for facility sources;
         b.  Applicable Federal, State,  and local regulations and
             requirements;
         c.  Special  exemptions  and waivers,  if any;  and
         d.   Acceptable operating conditions.
     4.   Facility compliance and enforcement  history.
         a.   Previous inspection reports;
         b.   Complaint  history including  reports, followups,  findings,
             remedial action;
                                  2-13

-------
         c.  Past conditions of noncompllance;
         d.  Previous enforcement actions;
         e.  Pending enforcement actions, compliance schedules, and/or
             variances; and
         f.  Self-monitoring data and reports.
     2.4.1.2  Background Information Sources.  The recommended sources for
obtaining the background information outlined 1n Section 2.4.1.1 include:
     1.  Inspector's "working" file.  The inspector's own concise file for
a facility containing basic information on the Incinerator, flowsheets,
baseline performance data for control equipment and the Incinerator,
chronology of enforcement-related actions, recent permits, and safety
equ1pment requ1rement s.
     2.  Regional office files and data bases.  These files should include
much of the information needed Including inspection reports, permits and
permit applications, compliance and enforcement history, exemption or
waiver Information, and some self-monitoring data.
     3.  State/local files and contacts.  These should be used to
supplement and update the Information available in the EPA Regional office
files.
     4.  Laws and regulations.  The CAA and related regulations establish
emission standards, controls, procedures, and other requirements
applicable to a facility.  State and local laws and regulations also
should be considered.
     5.  Technical reports, documents, and guidelines.  These can often be
valuable in providing information and/or guidance concerning incineration,
control techniques, performance advantages and limitations of particular
types of control equipment, and specific Inspection procedures.
     2.4.1.3  Development of An Inspection Plan.  Based on the review of
the facility background information and the intended purpose of the
inspection, the inspector should develop an Inspection plan that should
address the following items:
     1.  Inspection objectives.  Identify the precise purpose of the
inspection in terms of what it will accomplish.
                                   2-14

-------
      2.   Tasks.   Identify the  specific  tasks that will  accomplish the
 inspection  objectives  including  the exact  information that must be
 collected.
      3.   Procedures.   Specify  the  procedures to  be used in completing the
 tasks, especially special  or unfamiliar procedures.
      4.   Resources.  List the  equipment and identify the personnel that
 will  be required.
      5.   Schedule.  Present an estimate of the time required to conduct
 the Inspection; suggest  a feasible date for the  inspection (when the
 incinerator will  be operating  at representative  conditions).
      2.4.1.4  Notification of  the  Facility.  The policies of EPA Regional
 offices vary concerning  giving a facility advance notification of an
 inspection.  In a  recent EPA policy memo entitled "Final  Guidance on Use
 of Unannounced Inspections," however, the Stationary Source Compliance
 Division  recommends that all Regional inspection programs incorporate
 unannounced inspections  as part  of their overall inspection approach.
 The advantages of unannounced  inspections are:   (1) the source can be
 observed  under normal  operating  conditions because the  source does not
 have  time to prepare for the inspection; (2) visible emissions and
 O&M-type  problems and  violations can be detected; (3) the source's level
 of attention to Its compliance status is Increased; and (4) the
 seriousness of the Agency's attitude toward surveillance  is emphasized.
     The potential negative aspects of performing unannounced inspections
 are:  (1) the source may not be operating or key plant  personnel may not
 be available; and (2)  there could  be an adverse  impact  on EPA/State or
 EPA/source relations.  However,  it has been demonstrated  by the Regional
offices that already use unannounced inspections that,  in the majority of
cases, these drawbacks can be overcome.
2.4.2  Preentry Observations
     Two types of observations conducted prior to facility entry have been
shown to be valuable in the determination of facility compliance:
observations of the facility surroundings and vtsible emission
observations.
                                   2-15

-------
     2.4.2.1  Facility Surroundings Observations.  Observations of areas
surrounding the facility prior to entry may reveal problems related to
operational practices and pollutant emissions.  These observations can
include:
     1.  Odors downwind of the facility;
     2.  Deposits on cars parked nearby;
     3.  Other signs of "soot" downwind of the facility; and
     4.  Conditions around the waste storage area.
If odors are observed, weather conditions, including wind direction,
should be noted for inclusion in the inspection report.
     2.4.2.2  Visible Emissions Observations.  In addition to observing the
facility surroundings prior to entry, the inspector may also perform
visible emission observations at that time.  The incinerator/control
device stack outlet may not be visible from a location outside the plant
property lines, but those that are may be conveniently read before
entry.  In cases where the incinerator has an emergency bypass stack, the
observer should note whether the bypass stack was "activated."  Visible
emission observation procedures are discussed further in Chapter 4.
     It 1s appropriate for the inspector to inform facility officials if
excess visible emissions are observed.  At the same time, the inspector
should identify the cause of the excess emissions to enable facility
personnel to promptly evaluate, respond to, and correct the problem.
There may be State statutes that require notifications; the inspector
should be aware of these before visiting the plant.
2.4.3  Entry
     This section describes the accepted procedures under the CAA for
entry to a facility to conduct an onslte inspection.  Detailed procedures
for obtaining an inspection warrant in the case of refusal of entry are
not presented because refusal is not prevalent and this subject is covered
in detail 1n other publications.  However, should entry be refused, the
inspector should consult the EPA Regional Counsel's office for assistance.
     2.4.3.1  Authority.  The CAA authorizes plant entry for the purposes
of inspection.  Specifically, Section 114 of the Act states:1
      ... the Administrator or his authorized representative, upon
      presentation of his credentials shall have a right of entry
                                   2-16

-------
       to,  upon  or  through  any  premises  of  such  person or  in  which
       any  records  required to  be maintained  ...  are located,  and
       may  at  reasonable  times  have access  to and copy any records,
       inspect any  monitoring equipment  or  method .  .  .  and sample
       any  emissions which  such person  is required  to  sample  .  .  .  ."
      2.4.3.2  Arrival.   The inspector must arrive  at  the  facility
 (hospital)  during  normal working hours.  Entry  through  the main lobby  is
 recommended unless the inspector has been  previously  instructed
 otherwise.  As  soon as the inspector arrives on the premises he should
 locate a responsible hospital  official  usually  the hospital  administrator,
 environmental manager, or  chief engineer.  In the  case  of an announced
 inspection, this person  would  most probably  be  the official  to  whom
 notification  was made.   The inspector should note  the name and  title of
 this  plant  representative.
      2.4.3.3  Credentials.  Upon meeting the appropriate  official, the
 inspector  should introduce  himself or herself as an EPA inspector, present
 the official  with  the proper EPA credentials, and  state the  reason for
 requesting  entry.  The credentials provide the  official with the assurance
 that  the inspector is a  lawful  representative of the Agency.  Each office
 of the EPA  issues  its own credentials; most  include the inspector's photo-
 graph,  signature,  physical  description, (age, height, weight, color of
 hair  and eyes), and the authority for the  inspection.   Credentials must be
 presented whether  or not identification is requested.1  After facility
 officials have examined the credentials, they may telephone  the
 appropriate EPA office for  verification of the  inspector's identifica-
 tion.   Credentials should never  leave the  sight of the  inspector.
      2.4.3.4  Consent.  Consent  to  inspect the premises must be given  by
 the owner, operator,  or his representatives  at the time of the
 Inspection.  As long  as the inspector is allowed to enter, entry is
 considered voluntary  and consensual, unless  the inspector  is expressly
 told  to  leave the premises.  Express consent  is not necessary; absence of
 an express denial  constitutes consent.1
     2.4.3.5  Inspection Documentation.  The air compliance  inspection is
 generally conducted to achieve one or more of the following three major
objectives:
                                   2-17

-------
     1.  To provide data and other information for making a compliance
determination;
     2.  To provide evidentiary support for some type of enforcement
action; and
     3.  To gather data required for other Agency functions.
Taking physical samples, reviewing records, and documenting facility
operations are the methods used by the inspector to develop the
documentary support required to accomplish these objectives.  The
documentation from the inspection establishes the actual conditions
existing at the time of the Inspection so that the evidence of these
conditions may be objectively examined at a later time in the course of an
enforcement proceeding or other compliance-related activity.
     Documentation is a general term referring to all print and mechanical
redla produced, copied, or taken by an inspector to provide evidence of
facility status.  Types of documentation include the field notebook, field
notes and checklists, visible emission observation forms, drawings,
flowsheets, maps, lab analyses of samples, cha1n-of-custody records,
statements, copies of records, printed matter, and photographs.  Any
documentation gathered or produced in the course of the Inspection process
•ay eventually become part of an enforcement proceeding.  It 1s the
Inspector's responsibility to recognize this possibility and ensure that
all documentation can pass later legal scrutiny.
     2.4.3.5.1  Inspector's field notebook and field notes.  The core of all
documentation relating to an inspection is the inspector's field notebook
or field notes, which provide accurate and inclusive documentation of all
field activities.  Even if certain data or other documentation is not
actually included 1n the notebook or notes, reference should be made in
the notebook or notes to the additional data or documentation such that it
1s completely Identified and 1t 1s clear how 1t fits Into the Inspection
scheme.
     The field notebook and/or notes form the basis for both the
inspection report and the evidence package and should contain only facts
and pertinent observations.  Language should be objective, factual, and
free of personal feelings or terminology that might prove inappropriate.
                                   2-18

-------
     Because  the  inspector may eventually be called upon to testify In an
 enforcement proceeding, or field data gathered during the inspection may
 be entered Into evidence, it  is imperative that the inspector keep
 detailed records  of  inspections, investigations, samples collected, and
 related inspection functions.  The types of information that should be
 entered into  the  field notebook or notes include:
     1.  Observations.  All conditions, practices, and other observations
 relevant to the inspection objectives or that will contribute to valid
 evidence should be recorded.
     2.  Procedures.  Inspectors should list or reference all procedures
 followed during the  inspection such as those of entry, sampling, records
 inspection, and document preparation.  Such information could help avoid
 damage to case proceedings on procedural grounds.
     3.  Unusual  conditions and problems.  Unusual conditions and problems
 should be recorded and described in detail.
     4.  Documents and photographs.  All documents taken or prepared by
 the inspector should be noted and related to specific inspection
 activities.   (For example, photographs taken at a sampling site should be
 listed, described, and related to the specific sample number.)
     5.  General  Information.  Names and titles of facility personnel and
 the activities they perform should be listed along with other general
 information.  Pertinent statements made by these people should be
 recorded.  Information about a facility's recordkeeping procedures may be
 useful  in later inspections.
     The field notebook is a part of the Agency's files and is not to be
 considered the Inspector's personal record although copies may be made for
 the inspector's "working file."  Notebooks are usually held indefinitely
 pending disposition instructions.
     2.4.3.5.2  The visible emission observation form.  Since visible
 emission (VE)  observations are such a frequently used enforcement tool, a
 separate form has  been developed for recording data from the VE observa-
tion  (see Appendix D).  This form has been designed to include all  the
 supporting documentation necessary, in most cases,  for VE observation data
to be accepted as  evidence of a violation.   Thus,  it 1s recommended that
the inspector  utilize this form for recording opacity observations; an
                                   2-19

-------
appropriate reference should be made to the form in the field notebook or
notes.
2.4.4  Contents and Timing
     During the inspection, the inspector collects and substantiates
inspection data that may later be used as evidence in an enforcement
proceeding.  Upon returning to the office, the inspector is responsible for
ensuring that these data are organized and arranged so that other Agency
personnel may make maximum use of them.  Thus, the file update and
inspection report preparation are an important part of the inspection
process.  These should both be done as soon as possible after the
inspection to ensure that all events of the inspection are still fresh in
the Inspector's memory.  The inspector must be able to confirm during a
later enforcement proceeding that the information contained in the
inspection report is true.
     2.4.4.1  File Update.  The U. S. EPA and Its Regional offices utilize
several types of "files" for facility information storage, Including
computer data bases (the Compliance Data System [CDS] and the National
Emissions Data System [NEDS]) and hard copy storage (the Agency source
files).  The inspector should review the relevant CDS files for the
inspected facility to determine if any of the data gathered during the
inspection can be used to fill gaps in the files or to update file
entries.  The CDS data form the basis for virtually all Agency reporting on
compliance status, and, therefore, a current data base is absolutely
essential to Agency programs for use in making air management planning and
budgetary decisions.  The NEDS files and any State files equivalent to CDS
and NEDS also should be reviewed and updated with information gathered
during the inspection.
     The Agency files, particularly those at the Regional offices, usually
contain the hard copies of all information, correspondence, reports, etc.,
relevant to a particular facility.  Examples of such items are listed
below.
      1.  General  facility information;
      2.  Correspondence to facility;
      3.  Correspondence from facility;
      4.  Permit applications;
                                   2-20

-------
       5.   Permits;
       6.   Facility  layout;
       7.   Flowcharts;
       8.   Raw data  from  Inspections;
       9.   Inspection reports;
      10.   Source  test reports;
      11.   Excess  emission reports;
      12.   Case development workups; and
      13.   Agency  notes,  etc., on compliance actions.
The  inspector's data should be used to update the general facility
information  including plant contact, correct address, changes in production
rates,  new flowcharts, layouts, etc.; of course, the inspector's raw data
and  inspection report will be added to the file.
      At this  time,  the inspector's "working" file on the facility (see
description  in Section 2.4.1.2.) should also be updated.  This task should
not  require much  effort  because the "working" file is a summary file for
the  inspector's use; and updating the "working" file will enable the
Inspector  to  retrieve information on a particular facility quickly in the
future.
      2.4.4.2   Report Content and Preparation.  The inspector's Inspection
report  serves  two very important purposes in Agency operations:  (1) 1t
provides other Agency personnel with easy access to the Inspection
information, which  is organized into a comprehensive, usable document; and
(2)  it  constitutes  a major part of the evidence package on the inspection
and will be available for subsequent enforcement proceedings and/or other
types of compliance-related followup activities. To serve these purposes,
the  information contained 1n the inspection report must be:
      1.  Accurate.  All  information must be factual  and based on sound
inspection practices.  Observations should be the verifiable result of
firsthand knowledge.  Compliance and enforcement personnel  must be able to
depend on the accuracy of all  information.
     2-  Relevant.  Information In an inspection report should be pertinent
to the objectives of Inspection.   Irrelevant facts and  data will  clutter a
report and may reduce Its clarity and usefulness.
                                   2-21

-------
      3.  Comprehensive.  Suspected violation(s) should be substantiated by
as much factual, relevant information as is feasible to gather.  The more
comprehensive the evidence is, the better and easier the outcome of any
enforcement action will be.
      4.  Coordinated.  All information pertinent to the subject should be
organized into a complete package.  Documentary support (e.g., photographs,
statements, sample documentation, etc.) accompanying the report should be
clearly referenced so that anyone reading the report will get a complete,
clear overview of the situation.
      5.  Objective.  Information should be objective and factual; the
report should not speculate on the ultimate result of any factual
findings.
      6.  Clear.  The information in the report should be presented in a
clear, we11-organized manner.
      7.  Neat and legible.  Allow time to prepare a neat, legible report.
      2.4.4.2.1  Elements of the inspection report.  Although specific
information contained in the inspection report will vary depending upon the
inspection objectives, most reports will contain the same basic elements:
      1.  Cover page;
      2.  Narrative report; and
      3.  Documentary support.
      Cover page.  The cover page provides easily accessible basic facility
information.  It should include:
      1.  Facility name and address;
      2.  Facility identification number;
      3.  Facility contact and/or representative (including phone number);
      4.  Type of inspection;
      5.  Date of inspection; and
      6.  Inspector's name.
      Narrative report.  The narrative portion of an inspection report
should be a concise, factual summary of observations and activities.  The
narrative should be logically organized, legible, and supported by specific
references to accompanying documentary support.
                                   2-22

-------
      Documentary support.   The documentary  support  is  all evidence referred
 to  in the  inspection report.   It will  include:
      1.   Inspector's field  notes,  forms,  checklists;
      2.  Drawings,  charts,  etc.;
      3.  Photographs;
      4.  Analysis results for samples  collected;
      5.  Statements taken;  and
      6.  Visible emission observation  forms.
      2.4.4.2.2   Inspection  report  preparation.  The general work plan
 presented  below  will  simplify preparation of the  inspection report and will
 help  ensure  that information is organized and in  a  useable form.  The basic
 steps  in writing the narrative report  include:
      Reviewing the  information.  The first  step in  preparing the narrative
 is to  collect all information gathered during the inspection.  The
 inspector's  field notebook  should  be reviewed in  detail.  All evidence
 should be  reviewed  for relevance and completeness.  Gaps may need to be
 filled by  a  phone call or,  in unusual circumstances, by a followup visit to
 the facility.
     Organizing  the material.  The information may  be  organized in any one
 of several ways  depending on individual preference  but, whatever
 organization is  selected, the material should be  presented in a logical,
 comprehensive manner.  The  narrative should be organized so that the
 information will  be easily  understood by the reader.
     Referencing  accompanying material.  All documentary support
 accompanying a narrative report should be clearly referenced so that the
 reader will be able to locate these documents easily.  All documentary
 support should be checked for clarity prior to writing the report.
     Writing the narrative  report.   Once the material  collected by the
 inspector has been  reviewed, organized, and referenced, the narrative can
be written.  The purpose of the narrative is to record factually the
procedures used  in,  and findings resulting from, the evidence-gathering
process.   The inspector need only refer to routine procedures and practices
used during the  inspection  but should describe in detail facts relating to
potential  violations and discrepancies.
                                   2-23

-------
     If the Inspector follows the steps presented, the report should
develop logically from the organizational framework of the inspection.  In
writing the narrative, the inspector should keep the following in mind:
     1.  Keep sentences short, simple, and direct;
     2.  Use an active, rather than passive style:  (e.g., "He said
that ..." rather than "It was said that . .  .");
     3.  Keep paragraphs brief and to the point;
     4.  Avoid repetition; and
     5.  Proofread the narrative carefully.
     2.4.4.2.3  Outline of narrative report.  A basic format which can be
adapted for most narrative reports is outlined below.
     1.  General inspection information.
         a.  Inspection objectives;
         b.  Facility selection scheme; and
         c.  Inspection facts (date, time, location, plant official, etc.).
     2.  Summary of findings.
         a.  Factual compliance findings (Include problem areas);
         b.  Compliance status with applicable regulations;
         c.  Administrative problems (as with  entry, withdrawal of consent,
             etc.); and
         d.  Recommendation for future action  (if appropriate).
     3.  Facility information.
         a.  Incinerator type and size;
         b.  Source/type of Infectious waste;
         c.  Operating schedule
         d.  Control equipment;
         e.  Applicable regulations; and
         f.  Enforcement history.
     4.  Inspection procedures and detail of findings.
         a.  Reference to standard inspection  procedures used;
         b.  Description of nonroutine inspection procedures used;
         c.  Reference to attached inspection  data;
         d.  Reference to any statements taken;
         e.  Reference to photographs, if relevant;
         f.  Reference to any drawings, charts,  etc., made;
                                   2-24

-------
         g.  Reference to visible emission observation forms; and
         h.  List of records reviewed and inadequacies found.
     5.  Sampling.
         a.  Reference to methods used;
         b.  Reference to analytical results attached; and
         c.  Chain of custody information.
     6.  Attachments—11st of all documentary support attached.
     2.4.4.2.4  Confidential business information.  Data or information for
which the source requests treatment as confidential business information
must be placed in the Agency's confidential  files in accordance with 40 CFR
Part 2 and cannot be included in the report.  The report should, however,
refer to the fact that a particular type of information has been placed in
the confidential files.  Alternatively, the report may include the
confidential information; however, the entire inspection report must then
be treated as a confidential document (see Section 3.8 in Reference 1 for a
more complete discussion).
2.5  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 2
1.  U.  S.  EPA Stationary Source Compliance Division, "Air Compliance
    Inspection Manual," U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  Publication
    No.  340/1-85-020.   September 1985.
2.  Hospital Waste Combustion Study Data Gathering Phase.  Final Report.
    U.  S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning
    and Standards, Research Triangle Park, N.C.   EPA-450/3-88-017.
    December 1988.
                                   2-25

-------
                           3.0  INSPECTION SAFETY

 3.1   SCOPE
      It  1s  not  the  purpose of this chapter to present  an exhaustive
 discussion  of potential  health  and safety hazards,  EPA safety policies, or
 general  safety  procedures.  While these  subjects are important to every
 inspector,  they have  been  well  covered in the Air Compliance Inspection
 Manual (EPA-340/1-85-020).  Inspection personnel  are encouraged
 to consult  this manual and  become familiar with  these  subjects.
      The information  presented  in this chapter is divided  into two
 sections.   The  first  consists of general  inspection guidelines applicable
 to hospital waste incinerator (HWI) facilities.   These are presented
 briefly  in  a list.  The  second  section is  subdivided by the type of
 equipment to be inspected  and gives safety considerations  specific to
 each.
     Although the information presented  in this  chapter is tailored to the
 Inspection  of HWI facilities, no manual  can encompass  every health or
 safety hazard that might be encountered  at a given  facility.  Inspectors
 must take the responsibility  for recognizing site-specific hazards and
 taking appropriate action to  minimize the  danger.   Nothing should be done
 that may endanger the inspector or plant personnel.
 3.2  SAFETY GUIDELINES
      1.   Exercise extreme caution in the  vicinity  of  infectious wastes.
 Never handle infectious wastes.  Treat all wastes as infectious wastes,
 even those wastes not identified as such  (i.e.,  not in  a red bag).
 Puncture by infected needles,  broken glass, or other sharp objects
 ("sharps")  poses the single greatest hazard at a  hospital  incinerator.
Treat all waste bags as though they contain sharps, even if sharps are
 typically handled separately.   Assume any  spillage  in  the waste handling
 area is infectious and avoid contact.
      2.   Exercise extreme caution in the vicinity of  incinerator ash.  Do
not handle the  incinerator ash.  During some inspections,  it may be
necessary to obtain a sample of the incinerator ash for analysis.  In such
 instances,  the  inspector should ask the incinerator operator or other
facility  personnel  familiar with the hazards associated with the handling
                                    3-1

-------
 of infectious  wastes  and  sharps  to  take a  sample of  the  ash.  The
 inspector should  recommend  safety precautions  to be  taken  by the sampler
 and should provide  sampling tools (e.g., a sterile plastic trowel) and
 sample  jar.  The  sampler  should  wear  protective clothing,  thick rubber or
 plastic gloves, eye protection,  and a respirator or  dust mask filter.  If
 the ash has  not been  quenched with  water,  the  sampler  should carefully
 spray the ash  both  to douse any  hot spots  and  to. prevent fugitive
 emissions.   In taking the sample, the sampler  should use the sampling
 trowel  with  care  1n removing material from different areas of the ash pile
 so as not to cause  fugitive dust emissions or  cause  puncture wounds  from
 sharps.   Although the ash is theoretically decontaminated, safety
 precautions  still should  be followed  because the possibility of
 injury/infection exists due to the  presence of sharps.
      3.   Determine whether a radioactivity hazard exists  and take
 appropriate  protective measures.  Medical  research facilities, including
 those at  hospitals, may be  licensed to incinerate radioactive wastes.   At
 these facilities, such wastes are typically incinerated  along with other
 wastes.   Prior to the inspection, determine whether  the  facility is
 licensed  to  incinerate radioactive  wastes.  If so, ascertain the
 appropriate  safety procedures and equipment, if applicable, from facility
 personnel or the radiation  enforcement agency  (NRC or  analogous State
 agency).   If possible, arrange a  joint inspection with the radiation
 enforcement  agency.   Individuals required  to enter the radioactive waste
 incinerator  area to perform their jobs (this would include air agency
 inspectors)  are entitled  by law  to  see the  incineration  license.  Examine
 the license  to determine  what materials may be incinerated and any waste
 or ash handling requirements.  If the terms of the license are being
 violated, the  Inspection  should  be  terminated  immediately,  and the
 radiation enforcement agency should be notified.
      4.  Internal inspections are  unnecessary.  Offline equipment at
 incinerator  facilities including the  incinerator and air pollution control
 devices may  have a variety  of infection, inhalation, asphyxiation, thermal
 burn, chemical  burn, eye, and falling  hazards.  During a normal
 inspection,  regulatory agency inspectors should not  enter  equipment  even
when it appears to be properly locked  out  and/or it  is occupied by plant
                                    3-2

-------
 maintenance personnel.   All  necessary inspection  information can  be
 obtained  from  outside the equipment.   Sufficient  time  and  appropriate
 safety  equipment  are not normally available  during  an  inspection  to  ensure
 safety.
      While  it  is  not usually possible to  gain  entrance inside equipment,
 an  inspector may  wish to schedule a visit or followup  visit  while
 regularly scheduled preventive maintenance is  being performed.  All  safety
 precautions should be strictly adhered to including lockout  of all
 equipment and  disconnection  of the power  supply.
      5.  Take all personal  safety equipment.  The  minimum safety
 equipment for  inspecting incinerators consists of gloves,  safety  glasses,
 safety  shoes,  sterile eye wash bottles, and  a  hard  hat.   In  some  cases,
 more  sophisticated safety equipment (e.g., half-face respirator with acid
 gas cartridges or disposable dust masks)  is  necessary.
      6.  Use  protective clothing and gloves.  This  equipment is  needed
 when  there  is  a risk of  contact with  infectious wastes,  incinerator ash,
 air pollution  control device solids,  alkaline  materials, or  waste
 sludges.  Gloves  are also needed  for  climbing  abrasive and/or hot
 ladders.  Contaminated work  clothes should either be discarded  pr washed
 separately  from personal  cloths.
      7.  Wear hearing protection.  Hearing  protection should be  used
 whenever  required by the  facility  and whenever it is difficult  to hear
 another person speaking  normally  from a distance of 3  feet.
      8.  Avoid areas of  suspected high pollutant concentration.  Avoid
 areas such as  malfunctioning  incinerators operating at slight positive
 pressures,  leaking expansion  joints downstream of induced  draft fans,
 fugitive emissions from positive pressure equipment, and any  area with
 poor ventilation.   Assume that any fugitives or stack emissions may
 contain infectious agents or  acid gases.  Even if a respirator  is worn, it
 provides only  limited protection.
      9.  Flush eyes  contacted by alkaline materials.  It  is  important to
 flush eyes as soon as  possible after alkaline materials such as calcium
 hydroxide or quick limes are contacted.  Flush for 15 to 30 minutes.  Get
medical  attention  even  if you think the exposure was minor.
                                    3-3

-------
     10.  Shower  Immediately if contacted by alkaline materials.  In the
unlikely event that you are splashed with alkaline material, remove
affected clothing and shower immediately for a period of at least
15 minutes.
     11.  Use grounding/bonding cables on probes.  This is especially
important downstream of electrostatic precipltators due to the
possibilities of  Injuries resulting from severe muscle spasms caused by
contact with high static voltages.
     12.  Avoid severely vibrating equipment.  Equipment such as fans can
disintegrate suddenly.  Notify plant personnel immediately of the
condition and leave the area.
     13.  Facility personnel must be present during the inspection.  Never
conduct inspections alone.  Facility personnel accompanying you must be
knowledgeable in  incinerator operations, general safety procedures, and
emergency procedures.
     14.  Follow  all facility and agency safety requirements.  Limit the
inspection as necessary to ensure that you completely adhere to all
facility and agency requirements.
     15.  Do not  ask facility personnel to take unreasonable risks.
Common problem areas include sampling high pH liquors, testing gas
streams, working  near hot ductwork, and working in areas with high
pollutant concentrations.
     16.  Do not  do anything which appears dangerous.  If you think that
it may be dangerous, it probably is.  Do not abdicate your safety judgment
to facility personnel who may or may not be safety conscious.
     17.  Never hurry during inspections.  This causes careless walking
and climbing accidents.
     18.  Interrupt the inspection if you feel sick.  Interrupt the
inspection immediately whenever you feel any of the following symptoms:
headache, nausea,  dizziness, drowsiness, loss of coordination, chest
pains,  shortness  of breath, vomiting, and eye or nose irritation. These
symptoms may be caused by exposure to toxic pollutants even though there
is no odor.
                                    3-4

-------
 3.3  EQUIPMENT-SPECIFIC SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
      Incinerators and add-on control  devices are typically operated  at
 negative  pressure, I.e., the system uses  an  induced draft  fan located
 downstream  from the equipment.  However,  this is not always the case; the
 inspector should not assume negative  pressure.   Before beginning the
 inspection  of  the equipment, the inspector should discuss  the
 configuration  of the system to determine  if  any components are under
 positive  pressure.  Inhalation hazards  are much greater around equipment
 under positive pressure because the direction of flow at any leaks will be
 from  within the equipment to the outside.  These hazards are diminished at
 negative  pressure components because  outside air is drawn  into the
 equipment at any openings.   In the material  that follows,  inhalation
 hazards are discussed as if the equipment is at positive pressure.   Where
 the equipment  is under negative pressure, these hazards should be
 considered  but are not likely to pose a grave threat.   Inhalation hazards
 associated  with HWI  facilities include  but are  not limited to infectious
 microorganisms,  hydrogen chloride,  toxic organic compounds,  carbon
 monoxide, and  heavy  metal enriched  flyash.   At  facilities  licensed to
 incinerate  radioactive wastes, gas  streams may  also carry  radioactive
 materials.
 3.3.1  Incinerators
      3.3.1.1   Waste  Storage and Handling Areas.   All wastes  should be
 treated as  infectious  wastes,  regardless of  labeling.   Any liquids spilled
 in  storage  or  handling  areas  should be  considered  infectious.   All bags
 and other waste  containers  should be  assumed  to  contain  sharps,  even when
 standard procedures  call  for  sharps to  be segregated from  other wastes or
 contained within  special  rigid containers.
     Direct skin  contact with  wastes  should  be  scrupulously  avoided.
Gloves, protective clothing,  and  impermeable  footware  are  required when
there is any possiblllity of  contact.   The inspector should  not  open
 infectious waste containers or  otherwise handle  the wastes.   At  facilities
 licensed to incinerate radioactive wastes, the  inspector should  be
thoroughly familiar with any  special waste storage or  handling
requirements and  should carefully observe all protective equipment and
safety requirements.
                                    3-5

-------
      In addition to the  normal  safety precautions taken around moving
machinery, inspectors  evaluating  incinerator feed mechanisms should take
precautions to avoid exposure to  infectious agents that could be emitted
to the atmosphere during charging.  Never peer into hoppers or ram feeders
as flying objects could  result  in  injury or exposure.
      3.3.1.2  Eye Hazards  in Observing Combustion.  Never open observation
doors or charging doors  to peer into the incinerator during operation.
Ideally, the incinerator will have sealed (i.e., glass) view ports that
can be used for viewing  the combustion chamber.  However, if the
incinerator does not have  sealed viewports, do not open inspection or
cleanout doors.
      3.3.1.3  Burns.   Incinerators operate at very high temperatures, and
the potential for hot  surfaces  is high.  Contact with the incinerator
chamber walls, heat recovery equipment, ductwork, and stack surfaces
should be avoided.  Also,  sampling probes may be very hot when removed
from hot stacks and vents.
     3.3.1.4  Incinerator Ash.  While the incinerator ash from a properly
operated HWI is not likely to be infectious or otherwize hazardous,
caution still should be  exercised to avoid skin contact or inhalation.
Residues of incomplete combustion may be infectious or, more likely,
toxic.  The ash of incinerators licensed for radioactive wastes may be
radioactive and require  special handling.  The inspector should
familiarize him/herself  with any special safety procedures and equipment
needs and should avoid contact with the ash.
3.3.2  Wet Scrubbers
     3.3.2.1  Venturi's  at High Pressure.  Positive pressure venturi
scrubbers may operate at much higher positive static pressures than other
types of air pollution control systems.  Furthermore, there is a signifi-
cant potential for corrosion and erosion of the scrubber vessel and duct-
work.  For these reasons, fugitive leaks are a common problem.  The
inhalation hazards can include asphyxiants, toxic gases, toxic particu-
late, and, at facilities licensed for radioactive wastes, radioactive
materials.  Inspectors should avoid all areas with obvious leaks and any
areas with poor ventilation.  Additionally, access hatches or viewing
ports should not be opened during the inspection because of the risk of
                                    3-6

-------
 eye injuries.   During Level  3 and Level  4 inspections,  only  small-diameter
 sampling ports  should be  used.
      3.3.2.2 Slip  Hazards.   Extreme care is  often  necessary when walking
 around  the scrubber and when climbing access  ladders.   Slip  hazards  can  be
 created by the  water droplets reentrained in  the exhaust  gas,  by  the
 liquor  draining from the  pumps,  and  by the liquor seeping from pipes and
 tanks.   These slip  hazards are not always obvious.   Furthermore,  freezing
 can occur in cold weather.
      3.3.2.3 Fan Imbalance.   A  few  systems are subjected to fan  imbalance
 conditions due  to the buildup of sludge on the fan  blades, the corrosion
 of  the  fan blades,  the erosion of the fan blades, and a variety of other
 factors.   The inspection  should  be terminated immediately whenever an
 Inspector observes  a severely vibrating  fan.  A responsible  representative
 of  the  facility should be notified once  the inspector reaches  a safe
 location.   Severely vibrating fans can disintegrate suddenly.
      3.3.2.4 Sampling Liquors and Sludges.   All liquor or sludge  samples
 necessary  for Level  3  or  Level 4 Inspections  should be  taken by the
 facility  personnel,  not the  inspector.   Furthermore, the  inspectors  should
 only  ask  responsible and  experienced  plant personnel to take the
 samples.   Eye injuries and chemical burns  (in some  cases) are  possible if
 the samples  are taken  incorrectly.  Also,  the liquor or sludge may contain
 Infectious agents.
 3.3.3   Dry Scrubbers
     3.3.3.1  Inhalation  Hazards.  Poorly  ventilated areas in  the  vicinity
 of positive  pressure dry  scrubber  absorbers,  particulate  control  systems,
 and/or  ductwork  should be avoided.  There  are a variety of inhalation
 hazards associated with HWI's, including but  not limited  to  asphyxiants,
 toxic gases, toxic particulate,  and,  at facilities  licensed  for
 radioactive wastes,  radioactive  materials.
     Concentrations  of these pollutants  (particularly HC1) can  exceed the
maximum allowable use  levels  of  air-purifying respirators.   Inspectors
must be able to recognize and avoid areas of  potentially  significant
exposure to fugitive emissions from the dry scrubbing system.  A simple
flowchart that  indicates the  locations of all  fans  is a useful  starting
                                    3-7

-------
 point  1n Identifying  portions  of  the system  that operate at positive
 pressure.
     3.3.3.2   Chemical  and  Eye Hazards.   The strong alkalis used in dry
 scrubbing  have the  potential to cause severe eye damage.  While the
 probability of eye  contact  and skin  contact  is relatively small for Agency
 inspectors, it is nevertheless important  to  keep in mind the general first
 aid procedures.  These  are  briefly summarized below.
     1.  After eye  contact, flushing should  be started  immediately;
     2.  Eyes  should  be flushed for  15 to 30 minutes;
     3.  After skin contact, all  affected clothing should be removed, and
 the Inspector  should  shower for a minimum of 15 minutes; and
     4.  Medical attention  should be obtained in all situations.
     During the routine inspection,  agency personnel should note the
 locations  of any eye  wash stations and showers.  These  are generally
 located  in the immediate vicinity of chemical handling  areas.  After the
 first aid  procedures  are completed,  it is especially important to get
 qualified  medical attention regardless of the presumed  seriousness of the
 exposure.  All  inspectors should  have full first aid and safety training
 before conducting field inspections  of HWI's  or any other type of air
 pollution  source.
 3.3.4  Fabric  Filters
     Most  fabric filters installed at HWI facilities likely will be
 coupled with some sort  of dry  scrubber because of the concern with HC1 and
 condensible metal emissions.   However, at least one existing facility is
 equipped with  a stand-alone fabric filter.   The information presented in
 this section will generally be  applicable in  either of  these cases.  Where
 there is differentiation between  fabric filters' with and without an
 upstream scrubber,  these differences  will be  pointed out.
     3.3.4.1   Hot Surfaces.  Stand-alone  fabric filters serving HWI's must
operate at high gas temperatures  in  excess of 300°F to  avoid condensation
of the HC1 gas found  in  the gas stream.   Even fabric filters located
downstream from a dry scrubbing system are expected to  operate at
 relatively high gas temperatures  of  250°  to  350°F.  (These systems are not
yet typical at HWI  facilities;  the temperature range given is based on
typical municipal waste  incineration  systems.)  Thus, uninsulated baghouse
                                    3-8

-------
 roofs  can  be  a serious  burn  hazard.  Unfortunately,  it  is important to
 inspect  this  area  of  pulse jet fabric filters  to  identify possible air
 infiltration  problems and to check the diaphragm  valves and the compressed
 air pressure  gauge.
     3.3.4.2   Inhalation Hazards.  Fugitive emissions from positive
 pressure fabric filter  systems can accumulate  in  poorly ventilated areas
 around the baghouse.  The inhalation hazards can  include asphyxiants,
 toxic gases/vapors, toxic particulate, and, at facilities licensed for
 radioactive wastes, radioactive materials.
     3.3.4.3   Opening Hatches.  It is sometimes helpful to have plant
 personnel open one or more hatches of fabric filter  compartments which are
 isolated for  inspection.  However, the discharge  hopper hatches should not
 be opened during the  inspection because hot, free-flowing dust can be
 released and  cause severe burns.  Opening of hopper  hatches can also
 create the potential  for hopper fire if the combustible content of the ash
 is high.
     3.3.4.4   Flyash  Storage and Handling.  All materials collected by a
 fabric filter  should  be considered hazardous.  At HWI facilities
 controlled with a stand-alone fabric filter, flyash may contain hazardous
 levels of metals, dioxins/furans,  acids, and,  at poorly operated units,
 infectious agents.  At HWI facilities equipped with a dry scrubber
upstream from  the fabric filter, the same hazards exist, except that the
possibility of exposure to acids is replaced by caustic exposure
hazards.  These hazards should be  considered during inspection of flyash
handling and disposal  facilities,  and skin contact and inhalation of
fugitive dust  should be avoided.
                                   3-9

-------
                     4.0  VISIBLE EMISSION OBSERVATION

      The  observation of  the  stack visible  emissions  from  hospital waste
 incinerators  is  an  important part of the air compliance inspection.
 Visible emission observations are important for two  reasons.   First, many
 State regulations stipulate  opacity limits or the construction/operating
 permit likely will  stipulate an  opacity limit.  Consequently,  visual
 observation of the  emissions provides a direct means of establishing
 compHance/noncompliance with a  provision of the regulation.
      Second,  the presence of visible emissions provides an  indication of a
 combustion/control  problem.   The cause of the emissions can be further
 investigated  and evaluated to determine if a violation exists  and to
 determine what corrective action is warranted.  For  example, a detached
 plume (i.e.,  a plume that forms  in the atmosphere after exiting the stack)
 at a  hospital  incinerator likely is caused by condensing  hydrogen chloride
 (HC1).  A black  plume is due to  incomplete combustion of  carbonaceous
 matter.  The  possible causes for various plume appearances are further
 discussed in  Section 4.3.
      Two primary methods of  determining stack gas opacity are used.  The
 first method  is  visible observation of the plume at  the point of
 detachment from  the stack by a qualified observer (i.e.,  the inspector)
 per EPA Reference Method 9.   The second method is an instrument method,
 which employs  a  transmissometer  that continuously monitors stack gas
 opacity.   Each of these methods  is briefly discussed below.
 4.1   EPA REFERENCE METHOD 9
     The EPA  Reference Method 9—-Visual  Determination of  the Opacity of
 Emissions from Stationary Sources—is the EPA method for  determining
 opacity of visible emissions  by a qualified observer.  Method 9 involves
 observations of  a hospital waste incinerator stack plume  at the point of
 detachment and provides a simple means of assessing  incinerator
 performance.   The only problem with  application of the method to hospital
 incinerators  is that for incinerators  controlled by wet scrubbers, the
 combustion gas likely will be saturated  with moisture and  a condensed
water plume will  be  present.   Although Method  9 may still  be used  for
observing  opacity in such cases,  application of the method is more
                                    4-1

-------
 difficult than in cases where the incinerator is controlled with a "dry"
 control device.
     Method 9 is published in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A; an inspector
 must be certified and should be familiar with all aspects of the method.
 The requirements of Method 9 are summarized in Table 4-1.  A Method 9
 visible emission form is presented in Appendix 0.  Method 9 specifies that
 the opacity readings taken by the observer are used to calculate the
 average opacity for 6-m1nute intervals.  Some State and local regulations
 may specify other averaging periods or different data reduction methods
 (I.e., maximum opacity limit never to be exceeded) for determining
 compliance.  Nonetheless, the method of observation is the same.
 4.2  CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING FOR OPACITY
     Either State law or the construction/operating permit might require
 that the facility continuously monitor the combustion gas opacity.
 Obviously, the advantage of a continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS)
 is that the opacity can be determined at all times during operation of the
 Incinerator.  The information provided by the CEMS can be used by the
 operator to identify operating problems on a real-time basis; conse-
 quently, immediate corrective action can be taken.  The CEMS data records
 also can be used by the regulatory agency to assess historical
 performance.
     A transmissometer is used to monitor stack gas opacity.  The
 operating principle of a transmissometer involves measurement of the
 absorbance of a light beam across the stack or duct.  Transmissometers use
 a light source directed across the stack towards a detector, or reflector,
 on the opposite side.  The amount of light absorbed or scattered is a
 function of the particles in the light path, path length (duct diameter),
 and several  other variables that are considered in the design and
 installation.  Figure 4-1 is a schematic of a dual-pass transmissometer
 system.  Additional  detailed information on transmissometers is available
 in Reference 1.
     The EPA has promulgated performance specifications for opacity
monitoring systems (Performance Specification I—Specification and Test
 Procedures for Opacity Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in
 Stationary Sources;  40 CFR Part 60,  Appendix B).  These specifications are
                                    4-2

-------
                TABLE  4-1.  SUMMARY  OF  METHOD 9  REQUIREMENTS
Observer

1.  Must be qualified  (certified) by procedures established  in Method 9
2.  Certification valid for 6 months

Position of Observer

1.  At sufficient distance to provide a clear view
2.  Sun in 140° sector to observer's back
3.  Line of vision approximately perpendicular to plume direction and to
    longer axis of rectangular outlets
4.  Line of sight does not pass through more than one plume where there
    are multiple outlets

Field Records

1.  Plant name
2.  Emission location
3.  Type of facility
4.  Observer's name and affiliation
5.  Sketch of observation position relative to source
6.  Date
7.  Data to be recorded both at start and end of observation period:

       Time
      - Estimated distance to source
       Approximate wind direction and speed
       Sky condition (presence and color of clouds)
       Plume background

Observations

1.  Read at point of greatest opacity where condensed water vapor is not
    present

    •  For attached steam plumes, read at the point of greatest opacity
       after the condensed water vapor has evaporated and record the
       approximate distance from the outlet;
    •  For detached steam plumes, read at the outlet before water vapor
       condenses

2.  Observe the plume momentarily for a reading at 15-second intervals
                                                               (continued)
                                    4-3

-------
                         TABLE 4-1.  (continued)
Recording Observations

1.  Record readings to nearest 5 percent opacity at 15-second intervals
2.  Take a minimum of 24 readings

Data Reduction

1.  Reduce the data by averaging each set of 24 consecutive readings
2.  Sets nay consist of any 24 consecutive readings but may not overlap
                                    4-4

-------
                                                                 Retroreilector
                                                                   aiurmhlv
    Proeparator air inlet
                                                          Blower
                 Ambient
                    air
                       Blower
Figure  4-1.  Typical  transmissometer installation for  measuring opacity.1
                                      4-5

-------
 applicable for opacity CEMS applied at sources regulated by new source
 performance standards (NSPS).  Table 4-2 presents a summary of these
 performance specification requirements.  Hospital incinerators do not fall
 into this category, but typically, State regulations also will require
 that a performance test be conducted at the time of initial installation
 and startup.  Typically, a transmissometer system will have a means of
 automatically checking instrument calibration on a regular schedule (e.g.,
 daily) by placing a filter of known light absorbance in the light path.
 Calibration requirements for transmissometers subject to NSPS are
 specified 1n 40 CFR 60.13; daily calibration checks are required.
     Prior to the inspection, the inspector should review the source file
 to determine the opacity monitoring requirements, if any, for the
 facility.  The calibration requirements and recordkeeping requirements
 should be Identified.  The results of the last performance specification
 test or quality assurance audit should be reviewed.
     Transmissometers are sophisticated electronic instruments;
 consequently, evaluation of the performance of the monitor (e.g.,
 calibration accuracy) 1s not easily assessed by the Inspector.  However,
 gross operational, maintenance, and recordkeeping problems can be
 identified during an Inspection.  If problems are suspected, a complete
 performance audit of the system can be conducted at a later date by
 qualified personnel.  Performance audit procedures for opacity monitors
 are presented and discussed in an EPA document entitled "Performance Audit
 Procedures for Opacity Monitors" (Reference 2).
     During the inspection, the inspector should:
     1.  Determine that the monitor is operating;
     2.  Review historical calibration records to assess calibration
 problems;
     3.  Review the opacity data records to assess recordkeeping
 procedures; and
     4.  Review historical data to assess frequency of excess emissions.
     The inspector should locate the monitor and visually inspect its
 condition including, for example, the operation of accessories such as
 blowers designed to keep lenses clean.  This initial visual inspection
will give the inspector a general idea of whether the monitor is well
                                    4-6

-------
      TABLE  4-2.  PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR
                   OPACITY MONITORS

Parameter                          Specifications


Calibration  errord                 <3 percent opacity

Response time                      <10 seconds
Conditioning periodb               >168 hours

Operational  test period^           >168 hours

Zero drift (24-hour)a              <2 percent opacity

Calibration drift (24-hour)a       <2 percent opacity

Data recorder resolution           <0.5 percent opacity

Expressed as the sum of the absolute value of the mean
.and the absolute value of the confidence coefficient.
 During the conditioning and operational test periods,
 the CEMS must not require any corrective maintenance,
 repair, replacement, or adjustment other than that
 clearly specified as routine and required in the
 operation and maintenance manuals.
Source:  40 CFR Part 60, Appendix B.
                          4-7

-------
 maintained.   The monitor data display/recorder  should  be  located and the
 following questions asked:
      1.   Is  the  monitor online  and  recording  data?
      2.   Are any system failure warning  lights  illuminated?
      3.   Is  the  data recording  system operating and  does  the strip chart
 appear normal  (e.g., values  less than zero  are  not normal)?
      4.   Does  the current indicated opacity level appear  correct based
 upon  visual  observation?  For example, if the monitor  indicates a steady
 baseline  reading of 0 percent opacity, but  visual inspection indicates
 excursions of  up to 20 percent opacity,  a problem exists.
      The  inspector should ask to review  the most recent calibration data
 to assure that:
      1.   Calibration frequency  is at least  that specified in the
 regulations  or construction/operating permit;
      2.   The value being used as the calibration value is the same as the
 calibration  level  identified during the  most  recent  performance test; if
 not,  an explanation of how the new calibration  value was  determined should
 be available;  and
      3.   Corrective action has been taken (i.e., the instrument has been
 recalibrated)  when calibration checks indicated the  monitor was out of
 calibration.
 The inspector  should review the opacity  data  records to determine:
      1.   If  recordkeeping procedures are consistent  with those required in
 the regulations  and or construction/operating permit (e.g., continuous
 strip chart  record on a real-time basis  or  data logger/recorder of
 6 minute  averages,  etc.);
      2.   The frequency of excess emissions; and
      3.   Instrument availability.
 Finally,  the inspector should request to see  the maintenance log for the
monitor (if  required  by the regulations  or  operating permit).  The
maintenance  log  should be reviewed to determine the  frequency of
maintenance  and  the presence of any major operational  problems that are
 recurring  and  are  affecting instrument availability.
      The  identification of serious problems or  deficiencies with the
opacity CEMS by  the inspector indicates  that  a  complete system/performance
audit of  the CEMS  should  be considered.

                                    4-8

-------
 4.3  SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS  FOR OPACITY OBSERVATIONS AT HOSPITAL  INCINERATORS
 4.3.1  Stack Location
     At some facilities,  the incinerator  is  located on the roof.  This
 location may present an observer on the ground with a line of sight at an
 extreme angle upward through the plume, possibly biasing opacity  readings
 high.  Under these circumstances, it  is preferable that the observer
 determine opacity from an adjacent building  or from the roof of the HWI
 facility.
     Because the incinerator may be located  in a confined space,  it may be
 difficult to obtain an appropriate line of site that is in the proper
 orientation with the sun  and/or that  is a sufficient distance away from
 the source.  Additionally, the stack  may be  shorter than the adjacent
 building causing shadow and  orientation problems.
 4.3.2  Steam (Condensing  Water Vapor) Plumes
     At HWI facilities equipped with  wet scrubbers, the plume typically
 will be saturated with water and will contain condensed water vapor as it
 leaves the stack (an attached steam plume).  Under these circumstances,
 the observer must read the plume's opacity at a point after the condensed
 water vapor has dissipated.   In most  cases,  such readings at an HWI
 facility will not be meaningful because the plume will be diluted at the
 point of observation.
     At uncontrolled facilities and those equipped with a spray dryer/
 fabric filter or stand-alone  fabric filter, depending upon atmospheric
 conditions (temperature and  relative  humidity), water vapor may condense
 in the plume after it leaves the stack (a detached steam plume).  Opacity
 readings must be made in  the section  of the plume prior to this condensa-
 tion.   If other condensibles  (e.g., HC1 or metals) are in the gas stream,
 they will  not be included in these opacity readings.
 4.3.3  Evaluating Visible Emissions
     Common opacity problems at hospital waste incinerators and their
typical  causes  are discussed below.
     4.3.3.1  Dense Black Smoke.   Dense black smoke is due to incomplete
combustion of carbonaceous material.   The probable cause is insufficient
 secondary chamber combustion air.   Either the combustion air to the
secondary chamber is  improperly set,  or volatile  matter is being generated
 in excess  of the incinerator's secondary chamber  capacity.

                                   4-9

-------
     4.3.3.2  Detached White Plume.  A detached hazy white plume is
probably caused by HC1 condensing in the cooling gas stream.  This
situation cannot be controlled by modifying operation of the incinerator,
other than by decreasing the quantity of chlorine-containing wastes fed to
the incinerator.
     4.3.3.3  Attached White Plume.  An attached white plume indicates the
presence of submicron aerosols in the gas stream.  Possible causes are
insufficient secondary combustion chamber temperature or the presence in
the waste of noncorabustible inorganic materials that volatilize and are
emitted to the atmosphere.
4.3.4  Fugitive Emissions
     Fugitive emissions may be generated during ash handling or by the
action of wind on improperly stored ash at HWI facilities.  These
emissions are typically intermittent and extremely variable, presenting
some difficulties with regard to characterization by the observer.
     The observer should note the location of the fugitive emissions and,
as specifically as possible, quantify the duration and magnitude (e.g.,
fugitive emissions from ash removal door; constant emissions for
45 seconds; dense plume of approximately 75 percent opacity at 5 feet from
door; some flames also emitted).
4.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 4
1.  Jahnke, J. A.  APTI Course SI: 476A Transmissometer Systems—Operation
    and Maintenance, and Advanced Course; EPA 450/2-84-004.
    September 1984.
2.  Entropy Environmentalists, Inc.  1983.  Performance Audit Procedures
    for Opacity Monitors.  EPA 340/1-83-010.
                                   4-10

-------
                    5.0  HOSPITAL INCINERATION SYSTEMS

 5.1  INTRODUCTION
      Incineration  is  the process by which  combustible materials  are
 burned,  producing  combustion  gases and  noncombustible ash.   The  product
 combustion  gases are  vented directly  to the  atmosphere  or to the
 atmosphere  after treatment  in an air  pollution control  device.   The
 noncombustible  ash is removed from the  incinerator  system and is disposed,
 usually  in  a  landfill.   Incineration  provides  the advantage  of greatly
 reducing the  mass  and volume  of  the waste.   Typically,  mass  is reduced  by
 as  much  as  75 percent, and volume can be reduced by 95  percent or more.
 This  reduction  substantially  reduces  transportation and disposal  costs.
 For infectious  hospital  wastes,  another major  objective of the
 incineration  process  is  the destruction of infectious organisms  (path-
 ogens) that may exist  in the  waste.   The pathogens  are  destroyed by
 exposure to the high  temperatures which  exist  within  the incinerator.
 Incineration  of hospital  wastes  also  is  attractive  aesthetically because
 it  destroys organic components of the waste  that the  community often finds
 objectionable when wastes are disposed  of  in  landfills.
     Two additional objectives achievable through proper operation  of
 hospital waste  incinerators are minimizing the organic  content in  the
 solid residue and controlling emissions  to the atmosphere to  acceptable
 levels.  Generally, tight control on organics  in the  ash, i.e.,  good
 burnout, promotes waste  reduction and pathogen destruction.   Reduction  of
 atmospheric emissions of constituents that are potentially harmful  to
 human health  and the environment is a prerequisite  to acceptance of
 hospital incineration as a feasible disposal  alternative by  the community.
 5.2  TYPES OF HOSPITAL INCINERATOR SYSTEMS
     The terminology used to describe hospital incinerators  that has
 evolved over  the years is quite varied.   Multiple names have  been used  for
 the same basic types of  incinerators,  and much of the terminology does  not
 enhance precise definitions.   Historically, however, most incinerators
were grouped  into one of three types—"controlled air,"  "multiple
chamber," and "rotary kiln."
                                    5-1

-------
     Before the early 1960's, the incineration systems used were primarily
 "multiple-chamber" systems designed and constructed according to Inciner-
 ator Institute of America (IIA) (now defunct) incinerator standards.  The
 multiple-chamber incinerator has two or more combustion chambers.  The two
 traditional designs used for multiple-chamber incinerators are the "in-
 line" hearth and "retort" hearth designs (these designs are further
 explained 1n Section 5.2.2.4).  These "multiple-chamber" systems were
 designed to operate at high excess-air levels and hence are often referred
 to as "excess-air" Incinerators.1  These units will be referred to as
 "multiple-chamber Incinerators" throughout this manual.  Multiple-chamber,
 excess-air Incinerators are still in operation at some hospitals; their
 use typically is for pathological wastes.   Note that although the
 singular term "multiple-chamber" Incinerator is often used to describe
 this type of incinerator, in reality, the typical controlled-air modular
 unit 1s also a multiple-chamber incinerator.
     The Incineration technology that has been used most extensively for
 hospital wastes over the last 20 years generally has been called
 "controlled-air" Incineration.  This technology is also called "starved-
 air" combustion, "modular" combustion, and "pyrolytic" combustion.  These
 units will be referred to as "controlled-air incinerators" throughout this
 manual.  Most systems are prefabricated units transported to the site in
 parts; hence the name "modular."  The systems were called "controlled air"
 or "starved air" because they operate with two chambers in series and the
 primary chamber operates at substolchlometric conditions.  Similar modular
 "controlled-air" units which operate with excess-air levels in the primary
 chamber are also manufactured and sold for combustion of municipal solid
waste, but are not as widely used.
     Rotary kiln incineration systems have been widely used for hazardous
waste Incineration in the U.S.  As with the other units, the rotary kiln
 incinerator has two combustion chambers.  The primary chamber is a hori-
zontal  rotating kiln that operates with excess air.  The waste is charged
to the elevated end of the kiln and moves through the kiln to the discharge
end at a rate determined by the angle of inclination and speed of rotation.
The exhaust gases exit the kiln to a fixed secondary chamber.  There are a
few applications in the U.S. and Canada where the rotary kiln incineration
technology is being applied to hospital waste incineration.

                                    5-2

-------
      This historical  grouping  1s  of  some  assistance  in understanding how
 hospital  Incinerators operate,  but it  is  limited  because  it does not
 address the complete  combustion "system."   Three  parameters define the
 hospital  Incinerator  system—the  method of  air  supply and distribution,
 the  method of charging waste and  moving waste through the system, and the
 method  of ash removal.  In hospital  incinerators,  air supply/distribution
 systems generally are one of two  types, depending  on whether the primary
 chamber operates  under substoichiometric  (I.e., starved-air) or excess-air
 conditions.  Charging can be accomplished in one of  three modes—batch,
 Intermittent, or  continuous.  Ash is removed on a  batch or a continuous
 basis.   Table 5-1 Identifies the major types of Incinerators that are
 likely  to be found at U.S. hospitals and characterizes them with respect
 to the  three key  factors desribed above.  Because  air supply is
 particularly important to achieving good combustion, the basic principles
 of systems that operate at substoichiometric (starved-air) and excess-air
 levels  in the primary chamber are described in detail in the first
 subsection below.   The second subsection describes each of the types of
 incinerators that are Identified  in Table 5-1.
 5.2.1   Principles  of  A1r Supply
     5.2.1.1  Controlled-AIr Incineration.  The principle of controlled-
 air  Incineration  Involves sequential  combustion operations carried out in
 two  separate chambers.  Figure 5-1 Is a simplified schematic of an
 incinerator that  operates on controlled-air principles.
     The  primary  chamber (sometimes referred to as the ignition chamber)
 receives  the  waste, and the combustion process is begun in a
 substoichiometric  oxygen atmosphere.   The amount of combustion air added
 to the primary chamber  is strictly regulated ("controlled").   The
 combustion  air usually  is fed to the  system as underfire air.   Three
 processes occur in  the primary chamber.  First,  the moisture in the waste
 is volatilized.  Second, the  volatile organic fraction of the  waste is
 vaporized,  and the  volatile gases  are directed to the secondary chamber.
 Third, the fixed carbon remaining  in  the waste is combusted.
     The combustion gases containing  the volatile combustible  materials
 from the primary chamber are  directed to the secondary chamber (sometimes
referred to as the  "combustion  chamber").   There,  the combustion air is
                                    5-3

-------



















/y
UM
0
J—
2
Ul
z
••*
o
sc
f^

«J
4^
r-
>*^
a.
VI
o
ac

u.
o

o
1— 1
Jj
CJ
«— 1
u.
>^
^o
jj2
J
o


•
1
U)

Ul
_J
00





^2
VI
>
Q.
0.
3
I/I

^
•r—
"*




i.
O

id
^m
¥
•t—
U
C


«*-
o

at
a.

r-



C
J-
3
J3

t^v
O
•g
at

4«*
«

u

*0
aa




• *
^•^
!••»
id
u

c

^
u

Es

U
o

r»
(O
i
id
E
^"^
^^
(j
4-1


id
4J
«/»



J-

id

•o
at

o

^j
c
o
(J

.c
u

id
CO

































c

3


i-

Q.

U
4-»

"°


O








































c
J-
^J
jQ

*^»
o
•g
at

4-1
•d

U
4>J
«
aa


t—
^3
at
01
<4- C

5P 2J
O ^3
^^
id s-
ja at
a.

id vi
u at
•»"• «C
c u
.C *J
u id
at ^
f^

o "a.
P- 4-»
^ P*
3 g
£• E
tf
Z






•o
at
>
i.
at
4J
1/1
•a
at

!•"
O
J-
4->
C
o
u
.^J
c
at

4-*

s
{1^ ^
at t-
4-> «
c
>-^
i

•g
o
u c
s_
t» 3
o ja

>> 01
c "u
at 3

4,}
•^ ^^
E I/I
at 3
4-> O
c









 at
C "*-
o
u -c
f- u
E •«-•
at «

p- at
id »—
u a.
"c 2
Id r-
C. 3
O E
at
X






•o
at
>

id
4^



•o
at

^«
o
t.
^^
o
u

(A
3
O
3
C
•r" W
4-» t-
£3 (O
o




c

3
J3

it.
O
•o
at

^j
(0
^»
Jb
u

id
oo •





^•^
^«

^
*-

VI
3
O
3
C
•^
4J
c
o
u

Id
u
°c
id
f*
u
at
X







VI
VI
at
u
X
UJ











c
^™
•^
^£

>)
fc-
id
4^
o
ce

u
Id

o

^
4.1
at

2
u

"o

v»
^^,
i/i
VI
at
x*
at

at

o
JO
id

t.
o

^•H
TQ
at
>
t.
fl^
4-^
W
x«x

§
f*
at
•°
4J
id

i/V
at
^j
^*
,
E
*^™
U
a.

j-
at
j=
4^
at
3

vi
at
4») *
(d (^
O ^"
•f^ dj
T3 >
C QJ
N^ ^*
(O
5-4

-------
en
ui
03


O
CO

co


O
O
                     cc
                     111
z
o

DC
O
LUl
00,
1*

1 |

O u
. x
  5|
                                                 LU
                            U
                                                          o
                                                                                              t.
                                                                                              o
                                                                                              •M
                                                                                              (Q
                                                                                              U

                                                                                              C
                                                                         i.


                                                                         <8



                                                                         
-------
 regulated to  provide an excess of oxygen and Is Introduced to the chamber
 in  such a manner as to produce turbulence to promote good mixing of the
 combustion gases and combustion air.  This gas/air mixture is burned,
 usually at high temperatures.  The burning of the combustion gases under
 conditions of high temperature, excess oxygen, and turbulence promotes
 complete combustion.
     Figure 5-2 is a diagram showing the relationship between the
 temperature 1n the primary and secondary chambers and the combustion air
 level.  This  figure illustrates that the temperatures in the chambers can
 be controlled by modulating the combustion air supply.  Combustion control
 for a controlled-air Incinerator is usually based on the temperature of
 the primary (ignition) and secondary (combustion) chambers.  Thermocouples
 within each chamber are used to monitor temperatures continuously; the
 combustion air rate to each chamber is adjusted to maintain the desired
 temperatures.  An alternative control mode is to monitor the oxygen level,
 which 1s an indication of the excess-air level, within the combustion
 chamber.  The combustion air level is then set or modulated to maintain   ;
 the desired excess-air (oxygen) level.  Systems operating under
 "controlled-air" principles have varied degrees of combustion air
 control.  In  many systems, the primary and secondary combustion systems
 are automatically and continuously regulated or "modulated" to maintain
 optimum combustion conditions despite varying waste composition and
 characteristics (e.g., moisture content, volatile content, Btu value).5
 In other systems (particularly batch or intermittent systems), the
 combustion air level control is simplified and consists of switching the
 combustion air rate from a "high" to a "low" level setting when
 temperature setpoints are reached or at preset time intervals.
     The controlled-air technique has several advantages over an excess
air mode.   Limiting air in the primary chamber to below stolchlometric
conditions prevents rapid combustion and allows a quiescent condition to
exist within  the chamber.  This quiescent condition minimizes the
entrainment of particulate matter in the combustion gases which ultimately
are emitted to the atmosphere.  High temperatures can be maintained in a
turbulent  condition with excess oxygen in the secondary chamber to assure
complete combustion of the volatile gases emitted from the primary
                                    5-6

-------
TEMPERATURE
PRIMARY      +	
CHAMBER OPERATING
RANGE
              MAXIMUM
              TEMPERATURE
                                        SECONDARY
                                        CHAMBER OPERATING
                                        RANGE
                 DEFICIENT AIR
                  I
                            EXCESS AIR
                        PERCENT EXCESS AIR
     Figure 5-2.  Control of temperature as a function of excess air.'
                             5-7

-------
chamber.  The temperature of the secondary chamber can be maintained in
the desired range  (hot enough for complete combustion but not so hot to
cause refractory damage) by separately controlling the excess-air level in
the secondary chamber; as the excess-air level  is increased, the
temperature decreases.  Additionally, control of the primary chamber
combustion air to  below stoichiometric levels maintains primary chamber
temperatures below the melting and fusion temperatures of most metals,
glass, and other noncombustibles, thereby minimizing slagging and clinker
formation.
     For controlled-a1r combustion, the capacity of the secondary chamber
dictates (I.e., limits) the burning or charging rate.  The secondary
chamber must have  a volume such that the volatile gases, as they are
released from the  primary chamber, are retained in the chamber for
sufficient time and at sufficient excess oxygen levels to ensure their
complete combustion.  The volatile gases' retention times may range from
less than % second to more than 3 seconds.  In order to maintain the
designed retention time, waste must be charged at the designed rate;      >
overcharging can cause excessive primary chamber temperatures, high
combustion gas velocities, and shorter retention times, while
undercharging can cause lower primary chamber temperatures, lower
combustion gas velocities, and longer retention times.
     5.2.1.2  Multiple-Chamber Incineration.  The significant difference
between multiple-chamber incineration and controlled-air incineration is
that the primary chamber in the excess air unit is operated with above
stoichiometric air levels.  The waste is dried, ignited, and combusted in
the primary chamber.  Moisture and uncombusted volatile components pass
out of the primary chamber and through a flame port into the secondary
chamber.  Secondary combustion air is added through the flame port and is
mixed with the volatile components in the secondary chamber where
combustion is completed.  Multiple-chamber incinerators are designed for
surface combustion of the waste which is achieved by predominant use of
overfire combustion air and by limiting the amount of underfire air.
Multiple-chamber, excess-air incinerators operate with an overall excess-
air range of 300 to 600 percent.7  In older units, combustion air
typically was provided by natural draft via manually adjusted dampers and
                                    5-8

-------
 air  in-leakage through charging or ash removal doors.  Newer multiple-
 chamber  incinerators often use forced draft combustion air blowers to
 provide  the combustion air to the combustion chambers.
     Because of the predominant use of overfire air, high excess air rate,
 and  surface combustion, turbulence and gas velocities are high  in the
 primary  chamber.  These conditions result in relatively high particulate
 generation and entrainment.  Therefore, multiple-chamber units  have higher
 particulate emission rates than controlled-air units.
 5.2.2  Hospital Incinerator Descriptions
     5.2.2.1  Batch/Control!ed-Air Incinerators.  The least complex
 hospital Incinerators are the batch/controlled-air units.  The  operation
 of these units is relatively simple in that the incinerator is  charged
 with a "batch" of waste, the waste is incinerated, the incinerator is
 cooled, and the ash is removed through the charging door; the cycle is
 then repeated.  (For this manual, the term "batch feed" is used to refer
 to an incinerator that is loaded with one batch of waste during the
 combustion cycle; the term "intermittent duty" is used to refer to units  ;
where multiple charges are made.)  Incinerators designed for this type of
 operation range in capacity from about 50 to 500 Ib/h.  In the  smaller
 sizes, the combustion chambers are often vertically oriented with the
 primary and secondary chambers combined within a single casing.
 Figure 5-3 is a schematic of a smaller controlled-air incinerator intended
 for batch operation.  This unit's combustion chambers are rectangular in
design and are contained within the same casing.
     Batch/controlled-air units can be loaded manually or mechanically.
 For the smaller units up to about 300 Ib/h,  manual waste feed charging
typically is used.  Manual  loading involves  having the operator load the
waste directly to the primary chamber without any mechanical assistance.
Typically,  for a batch-type unit, one loading cycle per day is used.  The
 incinerator is manually loaded; the incinerator is sealed; and the
incineration cycle is then continued  through burndown, cooldown, and ash
removal  without any additional  charging.   Ash is removed manually at the
end of the  cycle by raking or shoveling the  ash from the primary chamber
through  the charging door.
                                    5-9

-------
   o
 r^ __:
 •5 en
  •  ££
C2  £5
i£  ^
 I  <£ 
-------
      5.2.2.2   Intermittent/Controlled-Air  Incinerators.  When mechanical
 feeders  are employed, the charging procedures of an incinerator that could
 operate  in batch mode often are varied to  include multiple charges
 (batches) during the 12 to 14 hour operating period before final burndown/
 cooldown is initiated.  These intermittent units typically operate in  the
 50 to  1,000 Ib/h range.  The intermittent charging procedure allows the
 dally  charge to the incinerator to be divided into a number of smaller
 charges  that can be introduced over the combustion cycle.  Consequently, a
 more uniform gas stream is fed to the secondary chamber, and complete
 burnout of the residue in the primary chamber can be achieved more
 easily.  Figure 5-4 is a drawing of a small incinerator which is intended
 for intermittent operation when fitted with the proper manual or automatic
 charging system to assure operator safety and limit air in-leakage.
     A typical daily operating cycle for a controlled-air batch type
 incinerator is as follows:
         Operating step                          Typical duration
                                                                          /
     1.  Cleanout of ash from previous day       15 to 30 minutes
     2.  Preheat of incinerator                  15 to 60 minutes
     3.  Waste loading/combustion                Up to 14 hours
     4.  Burndown                                2 to 4 hours
     5.  Cooldown                                5 to 8 hours
 For intermittent-duty operation, the daily combustion cycle of the
 incinerator is limited to about a 12- to 14-hour period.  The remainder of
 the 24-hour period is required for burndown, cooldown, ash cleanout, and
 preheat.
     For units in the 300 to  500 Ib/h range, mechanical waste feed systems
 are often employed, and for units above 500 Ib/h, mechanical  waste feed
 systems are normally employed,   'he typical mechanical waste  feed system
 is a hopper ram assembly.  In a mechanical hopper/ram feed system, waste
 is manually placed into a charging hopper, and the hopper cover is
closed.  A fire door isolating the hopper from the incinerator opens,  and
the ram moves forward to push the waste into the incinerator.   The ram
reverses to a location behind the fire door.  After the fire  door closes,
the ram retracts to the starting position and is ready to accept another
charge.  Water sprays typically are located just behind the fire door  and
                                   5-11

-------
                   PAM flEVEBSES TO CLEAfl PISE DOOR
                   STEM
                   RAM RETURNS TO START
Figure  5-4.  Operating sequence of a waste  charging  hopper/ram system.
                                    5-12

-------
 are used  to  cool  the  ram prior to  retraction  in  order  to  prevent  ignition
 of the waste by the ram  in  the hopper/ram  assembly.  The  entire charging
 sequence  is  normally  timed  and controlled  by  an  automatic sequence.   For
 batch type incinerators,  the  sequence would be set up  to  be manually
 started by the operator.  Figure 5-5 schematically presents the charging
 sequence  of  a mechanical  ram  charging system.
     Mechanical loading  systems have several  advantages.   First,  they
 provide added safety  to  the operating personnel  by preventing heat,
 flames, and  combustion products from escaping the incinerator during
 charging.  Second, they  limit ambient air  infiltration into the
 incinerator;  ambient  air Infiltration works against  the controlled-air
 combustion principal  of  controlling combustion rate  by strictly
 controlling  the quantity  of available combustion air.   Third, they enable
 incinerators  to be safely charged  with smaller batches of waste at
 regulated time intervals.
     Note that even w-ith  intermittent-duty incinerators,  a limiting factor
 for the incinerator operations  is  ash removal.   As with the batch-operated
 units, the waste  loading/combustion cycle must stop, and  the incinerator
 must pass through burndown  and  cooldown cycles,  before the incinerator can
 be opened for daily ash removal.   The ash usually is manually removed by
 raking and/or shoveling from  the primary chamber.  Consequently,  a major
 improvement  in operations can  be achieved by using continuous or
 intermittent ash removal  as described in the subsection below.
     5.2.2.3  Cont1nuous/Contro11ed-Air Incinerators.   Controlled-air
 units intended for continuous operation are available  in  the 500  to
 3,000 Ib/h operating range.   Continuous/controlled-air units operate
 according to the controlled-air principles of the systems  described
 earlier.   However, continuous operation or combustion  requires a mechanism
 for automatically removing ash from the incinerator hearth.  The  ash must
 be moved  across  the hearth, collected,  and removed from the combustion
chamber.   Continuous ash removal while the incinerator  is  operating
removes  the requirement for burndown and cooldown cycles.
     Continuous-operation units typically will have mechanical waste
feeding  systems.   For large continuous-operation units, the charging
sequence  may  be  fully automatic.  The incinerator then  can be
                                   5-13

-------
     STACK
  CHARGING
    DOOR
SECONDARY CHAMBER
                                      SECONDARY BURNER
                                      PRIMARY CHAMBER
IGNITION BURNER
Figure 5-5.  Intermittent/controlled-air incinerator with^vertical
       primary chamber and horizontal secondary chamber.
                           5-14

-------
 automatically  charged  with  relatively  small  batches  (in relation  to  the
 primary chamber  capacity) at  frequent,  regulated  time intervals.   The  use
 of frequent, small  charges  promotes  relatively stable combustion
 conditions  and approximates steady-state  operation.   For large  systems,
 the mechanical charging  system may include waste  loading devices  such  as
 cart dumpers,  which automatically lift  and dump the  contents  of carts,
 which are used to collect and contain the waste,  into the charge
 hoppers.  Use  of these loading devices  reduces the operators  need to
 handle Infectious waste  and,  consequently, further improves worker safety.
     For smaller units,  the mechanical  charging ram  1s sometimes  used  to
 move the ash across the  hearth.  As  a new load of waste is pushed into the
 incinerator, the previous load is pushed  forward.  Each subsequent load
 has the same effect of moving the waste across the hearth.  The waste
 should be fully  reduced  to  ash by the time it  reaches the end of  the
 hearth.  For larger systems,  one or  more  special  ash rams are provided to
 move the waste across  the hearth.
     Typically,  when the ash  reaches the  end of the  hearth, it  drops off  .<
 into a discharge chute.  One  of two  methods for collecting ash  is usually
 used.  The ash can  be  discharged directly into an ash container positioned
 within an air-sealed chamber.  When  the container is full, it 1s  removed
 fro» the chamber and replaced with an empty ash container.  The second
 method 1s for the ash  to be discharged  into a  water  pit.  The water  bath
 quenches the ash, and  it also forms  an  air seal with the  incinerator.  A
 mechanical  device,  either a rake or  a conveyor, is used  to remove  the  ash
 from the quench  pit intermittently or continuously.   The  excess water  is
 allowed to drain from  the ash as it  is  removed  from  the  pit,  and  the
 wetted ash is discharged into a container for  transport  to a  landfill.
 Figure 5-6 is a drawing  of a continuous-operation controlled-air  unit  with
 automatic mechanical ash removal  and a mechanical  hopper/ram  charging
 assembly.
     5.2.2.4  Multiple-Chamber Incinerators.   Two traditional designs  that
 are used  for multiple-chamber incinerators are  the "in-line"  hearth  and
 "retort"  hearth.   Figure 5-7 depicts the retort design multiple-chamber
 incinerator.  In  the retort  design,  the combustion gases  turn in the
vertical  direction (upward and downward) as  in the in-line incinerator,
                                   5-15

-------
Figure 5-6.  Schematic of a continuous operation controlled-air
    Incinerator with mechanical charging and ash removal.
                              5-16

-------
                                                             a;
                                                             4->
                                                             I/I
                                                             id
                                                             id
                                                             u
                                                            «^»
                                                             o»
                                                             o
                                                             
                                                            en
                                                            1/1
                                                            0)
                                                            U
                                                            X
                                                            a;
                                                            
                                                            O)
                                                            1
                                                           in

                                                            a;
                                                            i-
                                                            =>
                                                            en
5-17

-------
 but  also  turn  sideways  as they flow  through the  Incinerator.  Because the
 secondary chamber  is  adjacent to  the primary chamber  (they share a wall)
 and  the gases  turn in the shape of a U, the design of the incinerator is
 more compact.   Figure 5-8 depicts the  in-line hearth design.  For the in-
 line hearth, flow  of  combustion gases  is straight through the incinerator
 with turns in  the  vertical direction only  (as depicted by the arrows in
 Figure 5-8).   The  retort design performs more efficiently than the in-line
 design 1n the  capacity  range of less than  750 Ib/h.   In-Hne incinerators
 perform better in  the capacity range greater than 750 Ib/h.  The retort
 design more typically 1s used in  hospital  waste  applications.
      Multiple-chamber Incinerators may have fixed hearths or grates or a
 combination of the two  1n the primary  chamber.   The use of grates for a
 system incinerating infectious waste is not recommended because liquids,
 sharps, and small  partially combusted  items can  fall through the grates
 prior to  complete  combustion or sterilization.
      Like  the  controlled-air unit, combustion in the multiple-chamber
 incinerator occurs in two combustion chambers, but the primary chamber
 operates with  excess  air.  Ignition  of the waste (initially by a primary
 burner),  volatilization of moisture, vaporization of volatile matter, and
 combustion of  the  fixed carbon occur 1n the primary chamber.  The
 combustion air for these processes is  controlled on old units by natural
 draft, manually adjusted dampers, or by forced draft combustion air
 blowers on newer units.  The combustion gases containing the volatiles
 exit  the primary chamber through a flame port into a mixing chamber and
 then  pass  into  the secondary combustion chamber.  Secondary combustion air
 is added at the flame port and is mixed with the combustion gases in the
mixing chamber.  A secondary burner  is provided  in the mixing chamber to
maintain adequate  temperatures for complete combustion as the gases pass
 into  and through the  secondary combustion chamber.
      Today, new multiple-chamber, excess-air Incinerators are not widely
 installed for  the  destruction of hospital wastes for the following
reasons.   First, operating in the surface-combustion excess-air mode
results in fly ash  carryover which causes excessive particulate matter
emissions.  Second, operating with high levels of excess air can require
high  auxiliary fuel usage to maintain  secondary combustion chamber
                                   5-18

-------
                 CHARGING DOOR
                 *ITH OVEftflftE
                 1IR PORT
                                                                              SECONDARY
                                                                              COMBUSTION
                                                                              CHAMBER
                                 LOCATION OF
                                 SECONDARY
                                 BUHNER
GiJATES
          •CIEANOUT ODORS IITH
           UNOERGRATE AIR PORTS
                                   Ml I INS CHAMBER
                                                                         CURTAIN
                                                                         IAU PORT
                       Figure  5-8.   In-line  excess  air incinerator.
                                                                                   13
                                                     5-19

-------
 temperatures.  Third, use of manually adjusted natural draft combustion
 air dampers does not provide the level of control desirable for assuring
 complete combustion of the variable waste constituents found in hospital
 wastes, and good burnout can be more difficult to achieve.
     Multiple-chamber incinerators frequently are designed and used
 specifically for incinerating pathological ("Type 4" anatomical) wastes.
 Pathological waste has a high moisture content and may contain liquids;
 consequently, a pathological waste incinerator always will be designed
 with a fixed hearth.  A raised Up at the charging door often is designed
 into the hearth to prevent liquids from spilling out the door during
 charging.  Because the heating value of pathological waste is low and is
 not sufficient to sustain combustion, the auxiliary burner(s) provided in
 the primary chamber of pathological incinerators are designed for
 continuous operation and with sufficient capacity to provide the total
 heat Input required to complete combustion.
     5.2.2.5  Rotary Kiln Incinerators.1**  Like other incinerator types,
 rotary kiln Incineration consists of a primary chamber in which waste 1s  >
 heated and volatilized and a secondary chamber in which combustion of the
 volatile fraction 1s completed.  In this case, however, the primary
 chamber consists of a horizontal, rotating kiln.  The kiln is inclined
 slightly so that the waste material migrates from the waste charging end
 to the ash discharge end as the kiln rotates.  The waste migration, or
 throughput, rate 1s controlled by the rate of rotation and the angle of
 incline, or rake, of the kiln.  Air 1s Injected into the primary chamber
 and mixes with the waste as it rotates through the kiln.  A primary
chamber burner is generally present both for heat-up purposes and to
maintain desired temperatures.  Figure 5-9 is a schematic of a rotary kiln
with a mechanical auger feeder system.
     Volatlles and combustion gases from the primary chamber pass to the
 secondary chamber where combustion is completed by the addition of air
together with the high temperatures maintained by a secondary burner.  Due
to the turbulent motion of the waste 1n the lower primary chamber,
particle entrainment in the flue gases is higher for rotary kiln
 incinerators than for controlled-air or excess air Incinerators.
                                   5-20

-------
Figure 5-9.   Drawing for rotary kiln Incinerator.
                                                 is
                       5-21

-------
 5.3  AIR POLLUTION CONTROL  SYSTEMS
     Add-on pollution control  systems may be required to meet the air
 pollution  limits of  some States.  Pollutants of concern include
 partial!ate matter,  metals,  toxic organics, acid gases and  radionuclides.
     The pollution control  systems which might be used to control hospital
 waste  incinerator emissions  include wet scrubbers, dry scrubbers, and
 fabric filters.  These systems  are described briefly in the following
 subsections.
 5.3.1  Wet Scrubbers
     Venturi and packed-bed  scrubbers are the most common types of wet
 scrubber systems used on hospital incinerators.  Venturi scrubbers are
 used primarily for partlculate  matter control and packed-bed scrubbers are
 used primarily for acid gas  control.  However, both types of systems
 achieve some degree  of control  for both particulate matter  and acid gases.
     Most of the scrubber systems recently installed or currently being
 installed on hospital incinerators consist of a variable throat venturi
 followed by a packed-bed scrubber and mist eliminator.  These systems     >••
 operate at a constant pressure  drop 1n the range of 20 to 40 inches of
 water column (1n. w.c.), depending on performance or permit condition
 requirements.  The variable  throat venturi design accommodates varying gas
 flow rates while maintaining a  constant pressure drop by changing the
 venturi throat area.  A pH controller system, including a pH electrode and
 transmitter, adjusts the flow of a caustic solution (sodium hydroxide or
 sodium carbonate) to the scrubber system to accommodate varying acid gas
 concentrations and gas flow  rates.  Typical  performance parameters for
 this system are summarized in Table 5-2.
     Operation and maintenance  problems associated with wet scrubbers
 include fan imbalance, nozzle wear or plugging, pump seal  leaks, pH
 controller drifts, pH electrode fouling, and wet-dry interface buildup.
Specific problems associated with HWI's stem from batch loading and
 nonsteady state combustion conditions that result in varying gas flow
rates,  gas temperatures, particle size distribution, particle
concentration,  and acid gas concentrations.
     5.3.1.1  Venturi Scrubber Operating Principles.  A venturi scrubber
consists of a liquid sprayed upstream from a vessel containing converging
                                   5-22

-------
              TABLE 5-2.   WET SCRUBBER PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS
                       Hospital Waste  Incinerators
Parameter
Typical range
Units of measure
Venturi scrubbers

  Pressure drop
  Liquid feed rate
  Liquid to gas rate
  Liquid feed pressure
  Turbidity
  Gas flow rate

Packed-bed scrubbers

  Pressure drop
  Liquid feed rate
  Liquid feed pH
  Liquid to gas rate
  Liquid feed pressure
  Gas flow rate
20 to 50
>35
7 to 10
20 to .60
1 to 10
>5,000
1-3
>5
5.5 to 10
1-6
20 to 60
>5,000
in. w.c.
gal/rain
gal/Macf
psi
Percent suspended solids
acfra
in. w.c.
gal/rain
PH
gal/Macf
psi
acfra
                                   5-23

-------
 and diverging cross sectional  areas  as  illustrated  in Figure 5-10.  The
 portion of the venturl  that  has  the  smallest  cross  sectional area and
 consequently the maximum gas velocity is  commonly referred to as the
 throat.  The throat can be circular  as  shown  in  Figure 5-10 or rectangular
 as  shown in Figure 5-11. Liquid droplets serve  as  the particle collection
 media and can be created by  two  different methods.  The most common method
 is  to allow the shearing action  of the  high gas  velocity in the throat to
 atomize the liquid 1n the droplets.   The  other method is to use spray
 nozzles to atomize the  liquid  by supplying high  pressure liquid through
 small  orifices.
      Impactlon is the primary  means  for collection  of particles in venturi
 scrubbers.   To attain high collection efficiency, venturi scrubbers need
 to  achieve gas velocities in the throat in the range of 10,000 to 40,000
 feet  per minute.   As  the gas stream  approaches the  venturi throat, the gas
 velocity and turbulence increases.   These high gas  velocities atomize the
 water droplets and create the  relative  velocity  differential between the
 gas and the droplets  to effect particle-droplet  collision.  The
 effectiveness  of  a venturi scrubber  is  related to the square of the
 particle diameter and to the difference in velocities of the liquor
 droplets and the  particles.
     The performance  of a venturi scrubber is strongly affected by the
 size distribution of  the partlculate  matter.  For particles greater than 1
 to 2  urn. in  diameter,  impaction is so  effective that penetration (emis-
 sions)  is quite  low.  However, penetration of smaller particles, such as
 the particles  in  the  0.1 to 0.5  urn range  is very high.  Unfortunately,
 hospital waste  incinerators can  generate  substantial quantities of partic-
 ulate matter in this  submicron range.   The small particle size distribu-
 tion is  typical for fuel combustion sources and results from the condensa-
 tion of  partially  combusted organic compounds and the condensation of
metallic vapors.
     Collection efficiency in a  venturi scrubber system increases as the
 static  pressure drop  increases.  The  static pressure drop is a measure of
the total amount of energy used  in the  scrubber to accelerate the gas
 stream,  to  atomize the  liquor droplets, and to overcome friction.  The
pressure drop across  the venturi  is a function of the gas velocity and
                                   5-24

-------
                            Converging
                              section
                         L Throat
                            Diverging
                             section
Figure 5-10.  Venturl  configuration.
                                 16
               5-25

-------
Liquid inlet
         Figure 5-11.  Spray ventuH with  rectangular  throat.17
                                  5-26

-------
 I1qu1d/gas  ratio and  in practice acts  as  a  surrogate measure  for gas
 velocity.
      Other  variables  that are important to  venturi  scrubber performance
 are the  liquid  surface  tension and  liquid turbidity.   If  surface tension
 is  too high,  some small  particles which impact on the  water droplet will
 "bounce" off  and not  be captured.  High surface tension also  has an
 adverse  impact  on droplet formation.   High  liquid turbidity,  or  high
 suspended solids content, will cause erosion and abrasion of  the venturi
 section  and ultimately  lead  to reduced performance  of  the system.
      Most venturi  scrubbers  are designed  to operate at liquid-to-gas  (L/G)
 ratios between  7 and  10 gallons per thousand actual cubic feet
 (gal/Macf).   At L/G ratios less than 3 gal/Macf, there is an  inadequate
 liquid supply to completely  cover the  venturi throat.  At the other
 extreme, L/G  ratios above 10 gal/Macf  are seldom justified because they do
 not increase  performance  but do increase  operating  costs.
      A list of  the major  components of commercial scrubber systems is
 provided below.
      1.  Venturi  section;
      2.  Spray  nozzles;
      3.  Liquor treatment  equipment;
      4.  Gas  stream demister;
      5.  Liquor  recirculation  tanks, pumps, and piping
      6.  Alkaline addition equipment;
      7.  Fans, dampers, and  bypass stacks; and
     8.  Controllers for venturi  throat area, caustic  feed, make up water,
 and emergency water quench for  temperature excursions.
     5.3.1.2  Venturi  Scrubber  Operating Problems.  A problem  can be caused
 by the adjustable throat being  opened too far,  and  the result is a
 reduction in pressure  drop.  Reduced pressure drop  levels  can also be
 caused by a loss or reduction  in the scrubber liquid supply.   The liquid
 flow rate will drop when there  is pluggage in the  nozzles, pipes, or
 flowmeters,  causing the pressure drop to decrease  and the gas flow rate  to
 increase.  Pump failure, or cavitation  of  a pump due to a  low liquid level
 in the recirculation tank, can also be  responsible  for  a loss or reduction
 in the liquid  supply.   These problems are  identifiable  from routine record
keeping and  inspection,  and can be readily resolved  by  maintenance.

                                   5-27

-------
      The  venturl  throat can be damaged by erosion or abrasion caused by a
 high  level  of suspended solids in the recirculated  scrubbing liquid.
 Reducing  the  suspended solids by increasing the blowdown (water makeup)
 rate  in the system will help solve erosion problems.
      Another  common problem with venturi scrubbers  is a solids buildup at
 the wet-dry interface.  The wet-dry interface  is the transition region
 where the gas stream changes from an unsaturated to a saturated
 condition.  As the hot gas stream comes into contact with the scrubbing
 liquid and  becomes cooled and saturated, there is a tendency for the
 suspended particulate to accumulate on the walls.  Scrubber design can
 help  reduce this  solids buildup, but gradual accumulation of deposits will
 occur.  Routine maintenance to remove this buildup is typically the only
 solution.   Sometimes a reduction in the suspended solids content will
 reduce the  rate of the buildup, but routine maintenance will still be
 required  at less  frequent intervals.
      5.3.1.3   Packed-Bed Scrubber Operating Principles.  A packed-bed
 scrubber  generally 1s used for add gas removal.  The large liquor surface/
 area  created  as the liquor gradually passes over the packing material
 favors gas  diffusion and absorption.  Packed-bed scrubbers are not
 effective as  stand-alone scrubbers for collection of fine particulate
 matter (less  than  2.5 um) since the gas velocity through the bed(s) is
 relatively  low.  However, packed beds are effective for the removal of
 particle-laden  droplets or charged particles when used as a downstream
 collector behind a venturi or electrostatically-enhanced wet scrubber.
      Packed beds can be either vertical or horizontal.  Figure 5-12
 illustrates a vertically oriented scrubber.  Regardless of the orientation
of the bed, the liquor is sprayed from the top and flows downward through
 the bed.  Proper  liquor distribution is important for efficient removal of
gases.
     Absorption is  the primary means of collection of acid gases in
packed-bed  scrubbers.  The effectiveness of absorption in packed beds is
related to  the  uniformity of the gas velocity distribution, the surface
area of the packing material,  the amount and uniform distribution of
scrubber  liquid, and the pH and turbidity of the scrubbing liquid.
                                   5-28

-------
SCTU88INQ UQUIO
      IN
           PACKING
  DIRTY  SAS
      IN
                               CLEAN GAS
                                  OUT
                                                      CLEAR UQUIO WASH
                                                  OEMISTER
HOLD DOWN PLATE
                                                  INTERMEDIATE  PACKING
                                                  SUPPORT PLATES AND / OH
                                                  UQUIO RCOISTRIBUTOR
                                                  PACK:NO SUPPORT PLATE
        Figure 5-12.  Vertically oriented  packed-bed  scrubber.
                                 5-29

-------
      Gas  absorption is effected  by the  extensive  liquid  surface  contacted
 by the gas  stream as the liquid  flows downward  over the  packing
 material.   A  variety of available  packing materials offer a large  exposed
 surface area  to  facilitate  contact with and absorption of acid gases.  The
 packing materials range in  size  from 0.5 to 3 in.  and are randomly
 oriented  in the  bed.
      Typically,  sodium hydroxide (NaOH) or occasionally  sodium carbonate
 (Na2C03)  is used with water to neutralize the absorbed acid gases  in a
 packed-bed  scrubber.  These two  soluble alkali  materials are preferred
 because they  minimize the possibility of scale  formation in the  nozzles,
 pump,  and piping.   For the  typical  system using NaOH as  the neutralizing
 agent,  the  HC1 and  S02 collected in the scrubber react with NaOH to
 produce sodium chloride (NaCl) and  sodium sulfite  (Na2S03)  in an aqueous
 solution.
     One of the  major problems with these scrubbers is the  accumulation of
 solids  at the entry  to the  bed and  within the bed.   The  dissolved  and sus-
 pended  solids levels in the  liquor  must be monitored carefully to  maintain^"
 performance.
     5.3.1.4  Packed Bed  Operating  Problems.  One common problem is
 partial or complete  pluggage of  the bed due to  deposition of the collected
 solids  and/or precipitation of solids formed by reaction of the
 neutralizing agent with  acid gases.  Another problem is  settling of the
 packing material which  leaves an opening at the top  of the  packed
 section.  Both of these  situations  reduce the performance of the scrubber
 by disturbing the uniform flow of the liquid and gas streams.
     Another common  problem occurs when the pH  of the scrubbing  liquid
 routinely falls outside the normal   range of 5.5 to  10.   Corrosion  and
 erosion of the packed  bed vessel, ducting,  and  piping can occur  when the
 scrubber liquid  is not  in the range for which the system was designed.
 5.3.2  Dry Scrubbers
     Dry scrubbers utilize absorption and adsorption for the removal of
 sulfur dioxide, hydrogen chloride,  hydrogen fluoride, and other  acid
gases.  Some adsorption of vapor state organic compounds  and metallic
compounds  also occurs  in  some dry scrubber  applications.  This relatively
new control  technology  is presently in use  on pulverized  coal-fired
                                   5-30

-------
 boilers and municipal  waste  incinerators.   Dry  scrubbers  are  anticipated
 to be used on some large  hospital  waste incinerators  in the near  future.
 Because there are no current dry scrubber  applications on hospital  waste
 incinerators, information available on municipal waste incinerators will
 be transferred and presented in  this report.  Much of the presently
 available information  applicable to municipal waste incinerators  has been
 drawn from European installations  operating for the last  3 to 5 years and
 U.S.  installations operating for the last  1 to  2 years.   Changes  and
 refinements in municipal  and hospital  waste incinerator dry scrubbers
 should be anticipated  as  more experience with these systems is gained.
      5.3.2.1  Components  and Operating Principles of Dry  Scrubber
 Systems.   There is considerable  diversity  in the variety  of processes
 which are collectively termed dry  scrubbing.  This is partially because
 the technology is  relatively new and is still evolving.   The  diversity
 also  exists because of the differing control requirements.  For purposes
 of this field inspection  manual, the various dry scrubbing techniques have
 been  grouped into  three major categories:   (1)  spray dryer absorbers,
 (2) dry injection  adsorption  systems,  and  (3) combination spray dryer and
 dry injection systems.  Specific types of  dry scrubbing processes within
 each  group  are listed below.  Alternative  terms for these categories  used
 in some publications are  shown in parentheses.
      1.   Spray dryer absorption  (semiwet)
          •   Rotary atomizer  spray dryer systems
          •   Air atomizing nozzle spray dryer systems
      2.   Dry injection adsorption (dry)
          •   Dry injection without recycle
          •   Dry injection with recycle (sometimes termed  circulating  fluid
             bed adsorption)
      3.  Combination spray dryer and dry injection (semiwet/dry)
     Simplified block  diagrams of the three major types of dry scrubbing
systems are presented  in Figures 5-13, 5-14, and 5-15.   The main  differ-
ences  between the various  systems are the physical  form of the alkaline
reagent and the design  of  the vessel used for  contacting  the acid gas
laden  stream.  The alkaline feed requirements  are  much higher for the dry
injection adsorption than  the other two categories.  Conversely,  the  spray
                                   5-31

-------
                                          Pump
Figure 5-13.  Components of a spray dryer absorber system
                    (semiwet  process).
                          5-32

-------
Figure 5-14.  Components of a dry injection absorption system
                        (dry process).
                             5-33

-------
Figure 5-15.  Components of a combination spray dryer and dry injection
                absorption system (semiwet/dry process).
                                  5-34

-------
 dryer absorption and combination systems are much more complicated.  It
 should be noted that the participate control devices shown on the right
 hand side of the figures are generally fabric filters or electrostatic
 precipitators.   It also is possible that one and two stage wet scrubbing
 systems will be used in certain cases.
      The pollutant removal efficiencies for all  three categories of dry
 scrubbing systems appear to be very high.   In most cases, outlet gas
 stream continuous monitors provide  a direct indication of the system
 performance.
      5.3.2.1.1   Spray dryer absorbers.  In  this  type of dry scrubbing
 system, the  alkaline reagent is prepared as a slurry containing 5 to
 20 percent by weight solids.  "    This slurry is atomized in a large
 absorber vessel  having a residence  time of  6 to  20 seconds.23*21*
      There are  two main ways of atomization:   (1)  rotary atomizers and
 (2)  air atomizing nozzles.  There is  generally only one rotary atomizer.
 However,  a few  applications have as many as three rotary atomizers.
      The  shape  of the scrubber vessel  must  be different for the two types
 of atomizers to  take into  account the  differences  in the slurry spray
 pattern and  the  time required for droplet evaporation.   The length-to-
 dlaaeter  ratio  for rotary  atomizers is much smaller than that for absorber
 vessels using air atomizing nozzles.
      It is important that  all  of the slurry droplets  evaporate  to dryness
 prior  to  approaching the absorber vessel side  walls  and prior to exiting
 the  absorber with  the  gas  streai.  Accumulations of  material  on the side
 walls or  at  the bottom of  the  absorber would  necessitate an  outage  since
 these deposits would further impede drying.   Proper  drying  of the slurry
 is achieved  by the generation  of small  slurry  droplets,  by  proper flue  gas
 contact,  and by use  of moderately hot  flue  gases.
     Drying that  is  too rapid  can reduce pollutant collection efficiency
 since the primary removal mechanism is absorption  into  the droplets.
 There must be sufficient contact time for the absorption.  For  this
 reason, spray dryer absorbers  are operated with exit gas temperatures 90°
 to 180°F above the saturation  temperature."5"27  The absorber exit  gas
 tenperatures  are monitored to ensure proper approach-to-saturation  which
 is simply the difference between the wet bulb and dry bulb temperature
monitors at the  outlet of the absorber vessel.

                                   5-35

-------
      In  rotary atomizers, a thin film of slurry is fed to the top of the
 atomizer disk as  1t rotates at speeds of 10,000 to 17,000 revolutions per
 minute.  These atomizers generate very small slurry droplets having
 diameters  in the  range of 100 microns.  The spray pattern is inherently
 broad due  to the  geometry of the disk.
     High  pressure air is used to provide the physical energy required for
 droplet  formation in nozzle type atomizers.  The typical air pressures are
 70 to 90 pslg.  Slurry droplets in the range of 70 to 200 microns are
 generated.  This  type of atomizer generally can operate over wider
 variations of the gas flow rate than can be used in a rotary atomizer.
 However,-the nozzle atomizer does not have the slurry feed turndown
 capability of the rotary atomizer.  For these reasons, different
 approaches must be taken when operating at varying system loads.
     The alkaline material generally purchased for use in a spray dryer
 absorber is pebble lime.  This material must be slaked in order to prepare
 a reactive slurry for absorption of acid gases.  Slaking is the addition
 of water to convert calcium oxide to calcium hydroxide.  Proper slaking   >
 conditions are important to ensure that the resulting calcium hydroxide
 slurry has the proper particle size distribution and that no coating of
 the particles has occurred due to the precipitation of contaminants in the
 slaking water.
     Some of the  important operating parameters of the lime slaker are the
 quality of the slaking water, the feed rate of lime, and the slurry exit
 temperature.  However, it is difficult to relate present operating
 conditions or shifts from baseline operating conditions to possible
 changes  in the absorption characteristics of the dry scrubber system.  A
 variety of subtle changes in the slaker can affect the reactivity of the
 liquor produced.
     One of the problems which has been reported for spray dryer absorber
 type systems is the pluggage of the slurry feed line to the atomizer.
Scaling of the line can be severe due to the very high pH of this
 liquor.  The flow rate of the liquor to the atomizer is usually monitored
by a magnetic flow meter.  However,  this instrument also is vulnerable to
scaling since the flow sensing elements are on the inside surface of the
pipe.  To minimize the pluggage problems, the lines must be well sloped
                                   5-36

-------
 and include  the capability for flushing of  the  lines  immediately  after
 outages.  Also, there should  not be  abrupt  line changes,  sharp  bends,  or
 adjacent high  temperature  equipment.   During  the inspection,  it is
 essentially  impossible to  identify emerging slurry  line problems.
      Recycle of the  sol Ids collected  in the absorber  vessel  is  important
 in  most systems.   It Increases the solIds content of  the  slurry feed to
 the atomizer and  thereby Improves the drying  of the droplets.   Recycle
 also maximizes  reagent utilization.   The rate of solids recycle is
 monitored on a  continuous  basis.  The rest  of the spent absorbent
 typically 1s sent to a landfill.
      5.3.2.1.2  Dry  injection  adsorption systems.   This type of dry
 scrubber uses finely divided calcium  hydroxide  for  the adsorption of acid
 gases.  The  reagent  feed has particle sizes which are 90  percent  by weight
                         2 8
 through 325  mesh  screens.    This is  approximately  the consistency of
 talcum powder.  This size  is important to ensure that there is  adequate
 calcium hydroxide surface  area for high efficiency  pollutant removal.
      Proper  particle sizes are maintained by  transporting the lime to  the
 dry  scrubber system  by means of a positive pressure pneumatic conveyor.
 This  pneumatic  conveyor provides  the  Initial  fluldlzation necessary to
 break up any clumps  of reagent which  have formed  during storage.  The  air
 flow  rate 1n the  pneumatic conveyor is kept at  a  constant level regardless
 of system load  in order to ensure proper particle sizes.
      Fluid1zat1on  is completed when the calcium  hydroxide is injected
 counter-currently  Into the gas  stream.  A venturi  section  is used for the
 contactor due to  the turbulent action available for mixing the gas stream
 and reagent.   The gas stream containing the entrained calcium hydroxide
 particles and fly ash is then vented to a fabric filter.
     Adsorption of acid gases and organic compounds (if present) occurs
primarily while the gas stream passes through the dust cake (composed  of
calcium hydroxide and fly ash) on the surface of the filter bags.
Pollutant  removal  efficiency is dependent on the reagent particle size
range, on  the adequacy of dust cake  formation, and on the quantity of
reagent injected.
     The calcium hydroxide  feed rate  for  dry injection systems is  three to
four times the  stoichlometric quantities  needed.29'30   This is much higher
                                   5-37

-------
 than the  spray dryer  absorber type systems and  it makes this approach
 unattractive for  very large systems.
      In one version of the dry  injection system, solids are recycled from
 the  participate control device  back into the flue gas contactor (sometimes
 termed reactor).   The primary purpose of the recycle stream is to increase
 reagent utilization and thereby reduce overall  calcium hydroxide costs.
      5.3.2.1.3  Combination spray dryer and dry injection systems.  A
 flowchart for this system is provided in Figure 5-15.  The acid gas laden
 flue gas  is first treated 1n an upflow type spray dryer absorber.  A
 series of calcium hydroxide sprays near the bottom of the absorber vessel
 are  used for droplet  generation.
      After the upflow chamber, the partially treated flue gas then passes
 through a venturi  contactor section where it is exposed to a calcium
 silicate and lime suspension.  The purpose of the second reagent material
 is to improve the dust cake characteristics in  the downstream fabric
 filter and to optimize acid gas removal in this dust cake.  The calcium
 silicate reportedly improves dust cake porosity and serves as an adsorbent/
 for  the add gases.
      SolIds collected  1n the fabric filter may  be recycled to the venturi
 contactor.  This  improves reagent utilization and facilitates additional
 pollutant removal.
      5.3.2.2  General  Comments.  Corrosion can present major problems for
 all  types of dry  scrubbers used on applications with high hydrogen
 chloride concentrations such as hospital  waste  incinerators.  The calcium
 chloride reaction product formed in the dry scrubbers and any unreacted
 hydrogen chloride are  both very corrosive and cause damage in any areas of
 the  absorber vessel or particulate control  device where cooling and water
 vapor condensation can occur.   Two common reasons for low localized gas
 temperatures include air infiltration and improper insulation around
 support beams.   Due to the potential  problems related to corrosion, the
 inspections should include checks for air infiltration and a visible
evaluation of common corrosion sites.
                                   5-38

-------
 5.3.3  Fabric Filters
      Fabric filters  are  used  on  a limited  number of  hospital  incinerators
 for control  of particulate matter emissions.  They have  some  advantages
 over wet scrubbers in that they  are  highly efficient at  removing  fine
 particles if they are properly operated  and maintained.   However, their
 performance  can deteriorate rapidly  in situations where  poor  O&M  result  in
 bag blinding,  bag corrosion,  or  bag  erosion.
      Generally, fabric filters are classified by the type of  cleaning
 mechanism that is used to remove the dust  from the bags.  The three types
 of  units are mechanical  shakers,  reverse air, and pulse  jet.   To  date, the
 only hospital  incinerators that  have been  identified as  having fabric
 filters use  pulse jet units.  The paragraphs below briefly describe the
 design  and operating characteristics of  pulse jet filters and identify key
 design  parameters.
      A  schematic of a pulse jet  fabric filter is shown in Figure  5-16.
 Bags 1n the  fabric filter compartment are  supported  internally by rings  or
 cages.   Bags are held firmly  in place at the top by  clasps and have an
 enclosed bottom (usually a metal  cap).   Dust-laden gas is filtered  through
 the  bag,  depositing dust on the outside  surface of the bag (an exterior
 filtration system).  The fabric filter is  divided into a  "clean"  side and
 "dirty"  side by the tube sheet which  is  mounted near the  top  of the
 unit.   The dust-laden gas stream  enters  below this tube sheet  and the
 filtered  gas collects in a plenum above  the tube sheet.   There are  holes
 in the  tube sheet for each of the  bags.  The bags are normally arranged  in
 rows.   The bags and cages hang from the  tube sheet.  Most pulse jet
 filters use bag tubes that are 4  to 6 in.  in diameter.  Typically the bags
 are  10  to  12 ft long, but they can be as long as 25  ft.
     There are two major types of pulse  jet fabric filters:   (1)  top
 access, and (2) side  access.   Figure  5-17  illustrates the top  access
design which includes a number of  large hatches across the top  of the
 fabric filter for bag replacement and maintenance.   Another major type has
one  large hatch on the side for access to the bags.  The  side  access  units
often have a single small hatch on the top of the shell for routine
 inspection of the fabric  filter.
                                   5-39

-------
                        TUMSMUT
CLEAN AIM PLENUM

PLENUM ACCESS'
TO CLEAN AIM OUTLET
  AND EXHAUSTER
Figure 5-16.   Schematic of  pulse jet baghouse.
                                                    29
                         5-40

-------
  TOP ACCESS HATCHES
GAS OUTLET
  FAN

                                                           IAPHRAGM  VALVES
                                                          AIR MANIFOLD
                                                          GAS INLET
                                                      OPPERS
        Figure 5-17.  Top  access  pulse jet fabric filter.
                               5-41

-------
     Like most small units, the pulse jet collector depicted in
 Figure 5-17 is not divided  into compartments.  These are not needed on
 small units that operate  intermittently since bags are cleaned row-by-row
 as the unit continues to  operate.  A few of the large units are divided
 into separate compartments  so that it is possible to perform maintenance
 work on part of the unit  while the other part continues to operate.
     Pulse jet cleaning is  used for cleaning bags in an exterior
 filtration system.  The dust cake is removed from the bag by a blast of
 compressed air injected into the top of the bag tube.  The blast of
 compressed air stops the  normal flow of air through the filter.  The air
 blast develops into a standing or shock wave that causes the bag to flex
 or expand as the shock wave travels down the bag tube.  As the bag flexes,
 the cake fractures and deposited particles are discharged from the bag.
 The shock wave travels down and back up the tube in approximately
 0.5 seconds.  The compressed air is generated by an air compressor and
 stored temporarily in the compressed air manifold.  When the pilot valve
 (a standard solenoid valve) is opened by the controller, the diaphragm
 valve suddenly opens to let compressed air into the delivery tube which
 serves a row of bags.  There are holes in the delivery tube above each bag
 for injection of the compressed air into the top of each bag.  The
 cleaning system controller can either operate on the basis of a
 differential pressure sensor as shown in Figure 5-18, or it can simply
 operate as a timer.  In either case, bags are usually cleaned from once
 every 5 minutes to once every hour.  Cleaning is usually done by starting
with the first row of bags and proceeding through the remaining rows in
the order that they are mounted.
     The blast of compressed air must be strong enough for the shock wave
to travel  the length of the bag and shatter or crack the dust cake.  Pulse
jet units use air supplies from a common header which feeds into a nozzle
 located above each bag.   In most  fabric filter designs, a venturi sealed
at the top of each bag is used to create a large enough pulse to travel
down and up the bag.   The pressures involved are commonly between 60 and
100 psig.   The importance of the  venturi  is being questioned by some pulse
jet fabric filter vendors.  Some  fabric filters operate with only the
compressed air manifold above each bag.
                                   5-42

-------
      •LOW TU
                                  LOT VALVE ENCLOSURE





                                          DIAPHRAGM VALVE
                         •— AIR MANIFOLD  —
                                                        PULSE TIMER
                                                  J
                                   DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE. SWITCH
                                    IRTY GAS .INLET
                                   IOTARY  VALVE
Figure 5-18.   Cross sectional  sketch of pulse jet  fabric filter.
                                5-43

-------
      The presence of a row of diaphragm valves along the top of the fabric
 filter indicates that the fabric filter is a pulse jet unit.  These valves
 control the compressed airflow into each row of bags which is used to
 routinely clean the dust from the bags.  On a few units, the diaphragm
 valves cannot be seen since they are in an enclosed compartment on the top
 of  the unit.  In these cases, the pulse jet fabric filter can be
 recognized by the distinctive, regularly occurring sound of the operating
 diaphragm valves.
      The key design and operating parameters for a pulse jet filter are
 the air-to-cloth ratio (or the filtration velocity), the bag material,
 operating temperature, and operating pressure drop.
      The air-to-cloth ratio is actually a measure of the superficial gas
 velocity through the filter medium.  It is a ratio of the flow rate of gas
 through the fabric filter (at actual conditions) to the area of the bags
 and is usually measured in units of acfm/ft2.  No operating data were
 obtained for hospital incinerators, but generally, the air-to-cloth ratio
 on waste combustion units is in the range of 5 to 10 acfm/ft2 of bag      ;
      31
 area.
      Pulse jet units do not necessarily operate at the design average gas-
 to-cloth ratio.  When incinerator operating rates are low, the prevailing
 average gas-to-cloth ratio could be substantially below the design
 value.  Conversely, the average gas-to-cloth ratio could be well above the
design value if some of the bags are inadequately cleaned or if sticky or
wet material blocks part of the fabric surface.  Very high gas-to-cloth
ratio conditions can lead to high gas flow resistance which, in turn, can
result in both seepage of dust through the bags and fugitive emissions
from the incinerator or upstream dry scrubber.
     Bag material  generally is based on prior experience of the vendor.
Key factors that generally are considered are cleaning method, abrasive-
ness of the particulate matter and abrasion resistance of the material,
expected operating temperature, potential  chemical degradation problems,
and cost.   To date, no information has been obtained on types of material
typically used for hospital  incinerator applications.
     The operating temperature of the fabric filter is of critical
importance.  Since the exhaust gas from hospital incinerators can contain
                                   5-44

-------
HC1, the unit should be operated at sufficiently high temperatures to
assure that no surfaces drop below the acid dewpoint.  Otherwise, conden-
sation of HC1 will result  in corrosion of the housing or bags.  The
boiling point of HC1 (aqueous hydrochloric acid) is 11Q°C (230°F); gas
temperatures should be maintained at 150°C (300°F) to ensure that no
surfaces are cooled below  the dewpoint.  Above a maximum temperature that
is dependent on filter type, bags will degrade or in some cases fail
completely.  Gas temperatures should be kept safely below the allowed
maximum.
     Pressure drop in fabric filters generally is maintained within a
narrow range.  (For pulse  jet filters the upper end of the range typically
is 8 to 10 in. w.c.).  Pressure drops below the minimum indicate that
either:  (1) leaks have developed, or (2) excessive cleaning is removing
the base cake from the bags.  Either phenomena results in reduced
performance.  Pressure drops greater than the maximum indicate that either
(1) bags are "blinding," or (b) excessive cake is building on the bags
because of insufficient cleaning.  The primary result of excessive        y
pressure drop is reduced flow through the system and positive pressure at
the incinerator.  Over time, operating at high pressure drops also lead to
bag erosion and degradation.
5.3.4  Electrostatic Precipitators
     A discussion on electrostatic precipitators was not included in this
inspection manual  because, currently,  they are not used to control
emissions from hospital waste incinerators.   In general, ESP's are used to
control  emissions from larger sources  such as municipal waste
incinerators.   Information on the application of ESP's to municipal
incinerators may be found in Reference 21.
5.4  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 5
 1.   Doucet,  L.  C.   Controlled  Air Incineration:   Design, Procurement and
     Operational  Considerations.   Prepared for the American Society of
     Hospital  Engineering, Technical Document No.  55872.  January 1986.
 2.   Ontario Ministry of the Environment.   Incinerator Design and
     Operating  Criteria,  Volume II-Biomedical  Waste Incineration.
     October 1986.
 3.   Reference  1,  p.  1.
                                   5-45

-------
  4.   Ecolaire Combustion Products, Inc., Technical Article:  "Principles
      of Controlled Air  Incineration."

  5.   Reference  1.

  6.   McRee, R.   "Operation and Maintenance of Controlled Air
      Incinerators."

  7.   Air Pollution Control District of Los Angeles County.  Air Pollution
      Engineering Manual, AP-40.  U.S. EPA.  May 1973.

  8.   Ecolaire Combustion Products, Inc., Technical Data Sheet for E Series
      Incinerator.

  9.   Consumat Systems,  Inc.  Technical Data Sheet for Consumat Waste
      Handling System.

10.   Ashworth R.  Batch Incinerators—Count Them In; Thermal Paper
      Prepared for the National Symposium of Infectious Waste.
      Washington, D.C.  May 1988.

11.   Ecolaire Combustion Products, Inc.  Technical Sheet for the ECP
      System.

12.   Reference 7, p. 490.                                                >

13.   Reference 7, p. 439.

14.   Hospital Waste Combustion Study:  Data Gathering Phase.  Final
      Report.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality
      Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  EPA
      450/3-88-017.  December 1988.

15.   Technical Data Form:  Consertherm Systems, Industronics, Inc.

16.  Joseph, J.  G. and D. S. Beachler.  APTI Course SI:412C, Wet Scrubber
     Plan Review - Self-Instructional Guidebook.  U. S. Environmental
      Protection Agency.  EPA 450/2-82-020.  March 1984.

17.   Ibid.  p. 3-4.

18.  Donnelly, J. R., Quach, M. T., and Moller, J. T.  "Design Considera-
     tions for Resource Recovery Spray Dryer Absorption Systems."
     Presented at the 79th Annual Meeting of the A1r Pollution Control
     Association, Minneapolis, Minnesota.  June 1986.

19.  Ferguson, W. G., Jr., Borio, D.  C., and Bump, D. L.  "Equipment
     Design Considerations for the Control of Emissions From Waste-to-
     Energy Facilities."  Presented at the 79th Annual Meeting of the Air
     Pollution Control Association, Minneapolis, Minnesota.  June 1986.
                                   5-46

-------
20.  Sedman, C. 8., and Brna, T. G.  "Municipal Waste Combustion Study
     Flue Gas Cleaning Technology.  U. S. Environmental Protection
     Agency.  Publication No. 530-SW-87-021d.  June 1987.

21.  Reference 19.

22.  Reference 20.

23.  Reference 19.

24.  Moller, J. T., and Christiansen, 0. B.  "Dry Scrubbing of MSW
     Incinerator Flue Gas by Spray Dryer Absorption:  New Developments in
     Europe."  Presented at the 78th Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution
     Control Association, Detroit, Michigan.  June 1985.

25.  Foster, J. T., Hochhauser, M. L., Petti, V. J., Sandell, M. A., and
     Porter, T. J.  "Design and Startup of a Dry Scrubbing System for
     Solid Partlculate and Acid Gas Control on a Municipal Refuse-Fired
     Incinerator."  Presented at the Air Pollution Control Association
     Specialty Conference on Thermal Treatment of Municipal, Industrial,
     and Hospital Wastes.  Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.  November 4-6, 1987.

26.  Ibid.

27.  Reference 25.

28.  Reference 26.

29.  PEI Associates, Inc.  Operation and Maintenance Manual for Fabric
     Filters.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, A1r and Energy
     Engineering Research Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, North
     Carolina.  June 1986.  EPA 625/1-86-020.  p. 2-14.

30.  Reference 20, p.  2-17.
                                   5-47

-------
        6.0  BASELINE  INSPECTION PROCEDURES FOR HOSPITAL INCINERATORS

      The primary objective of control  agency  inspections  is  to  minimize
 air pollution  through promoting adherence  to  promulgated  emission
 regulations and  permit stipulations.   The  inspection  provides data  for
 determining the  compliance status,  helps identify  sources of violation,
 and provides information indicating the underlying  causes of excess
 emissions.  The  latter can be used  in  detailed negotiations with the
 operators or in  support of enforcement actions.  The  inspection also
 provides a stimulus to the regulated  industry by demonstrating  the  control
 agency's determination to ensure  continuous compliance.   The baseline
 inspection technique  has been developed by EPA's Stationary  Source
 Compliance Division to aid both EPA Regional  Offices  and  other  control
 agencies in conducting* effective  and complete inspections of air pollution
 control  systems.
      The primary  purpose of this  chapter is to describe the baseline
 Inspection technique  and illustrate how it should be  applied to hospital  ./
 incinerators and  control  devices.   In  the part of the chapter devoted to
 the  baseline technique,  a methodical approach is presented so that
 Inspectors can obtain  all  the relevant data in an organized fashion.
 These procedures  are organized into "levels of inspection" (see
 Section  6.2) reflecting  the fact  that  there are different degrees of
 intensity necessary for  different situations.  The  inspection procedures
 described in Sections  6.3  through 6.6  have been developed to ensure that
 the  data obtained is as  accurate  and complete as possible.  These
 procedures should be used  by  EPA  field personnel unless there are
 compelling technical or  safety factors at a specific site which demand
 modified approaches.   In  such  a case,   the reasons for the deviation from
 the  standard procedures  should be briefly described in the inspection
 report.
6.1  BASELINE  INSPECTION TECHNIQUE
     The baseline inspection technique can aid both the source  operators
and the regulatory agency  inspectors in routine evaluations of  incinerator
and air pollution control equipment performance.   The procedure is
designed to  identify problems at an early stage,  thereby minimizing both
                                    6-1

-------
 periods  of  excess  emissions and equipment deterioration.  By utilizing
 similar  evaluation approaches, inspectors and operators can communicate
 effectively regarding  the nature of any problem detected.  This should
 allow  operating  problems to be quickly corrected and reduce the number of
 enforcement actions  necessary.
 6.1.1  Basic Principles
     The fundamental principle underlying the baseline inspection
 technique is that  incinerator and control device performance be evaluated
 primarily by comparison of present conditions with specific baseline
 data.  In other  words, each separate incinerator system should be
 approached  initially with the assumption that its operating character-
 istics and  performance levels will be unique.  It is necessary to take
 this position since  there are a myriad of process variables and control
 device design factors which can singly or collectively influence operation
 and performance  levels.  It is often difficult to determine why apparently
 similar  units operate quite differently with a limited amount of data.
 Thus, a  prime requirement of an inspection method (i.e., the baseline     ,
 technique)  in ensuring the collection of useful data is the comparison of
 conditions  against a site-specific data base.  Each variable which has
 shifted  significantly is considered a "symptom" of possible operation
 problems.
     While  the baseline technique depends mainly on the machine-specific
 data and  shifts  in performance levels over time, it should not be implied
 that industry "norms" are irrelevant.  There are cases in which deviations
 from certain  typical industry operating conditions can be an indication of
operation and maintenance problems.  However, these data are considered
secondary to  the site-specific data.  The industry data are often
difficult to  compile, and it is sometimes difficult to establish the
relevance of  the data in enforcement proceedings.
     One of  the major problems in inspection of an air pollution control
system 1s that the instruments necessary to monitor basic operating
conditions  are often either nonexistent or malfunctioning.  Data quality
problems are  especially severe on those units which are subject to
frequent excess emission incidents and are thereby of most interest to
control agencies.  The design deficiencies or improper maintenance
                                    6-2

-------
 practices  which have reduced  the effectiveness of  the  incinerator or
 control  device  usually  have had  a severe  disabling effect on whatever
 instrumentation is  on the  control  device.   For these reasons,  it is rarely
 wise  to  accept  the  data from  onsite  gauges  at face value.   The baseline
 technique  includes  some routine  checks of these onsite gauges.  When there
 is  a  question concerning the  completeness or adequacy of the available
 data,  the  inspector must obtain  the  data  by means  of portable  instru-
 ments.   Such instruments can  either  be used by plant operators in the
 presence of the inspector  or  can be  used  by the inspector directly.
      Performance evaluations  should  be done by examination  of  a number of
 different  types of  information.   An  emerging performance problem can often
 be  determined better by evaluating the set of variables rather than
 relying  on a shift  in a single operating  variable.  Also, general
 observations concerning the extent of corrosion, solids discharge rate,-
 and fan  physical conditions can  be used to support preliminary conclusions
 reached  by examining the operating data.  Failure  characteristics on
 materials removed from  the collectors (e.g., bags, discharge electrodes,  ,
 nozzles) can be  used  to determine  the type of corrective actions which
 have a reasonable chance of being  successful.  The baseline inspection
 technique  Incorporates  both measurements and observations.
     It  is recognized that the control agency inspection represents an
 inconvenience to source personnel  who must accompany the inspector while
 he  is on plant property.  To minimize this inconvenience, EPA/State
 inspectors should make  every reasonable effort to reduce the time
 necessary to complete the field  activities.   One means to accomplishing
 this goal 1s to organize the data  and observations in a coherent fashion
 during the inspection and to use these data to focus the field  work toward
 the specific problems,  if any, which appear to exist.  If the  initial
 information clearly suggests that  there are no present or emerging
problems, the inspection should  be terminated.   The baseline inspection
technique utilizes  both  counterflow and co-current flow approaches in
order to organize and focus inspection efforts.
                                    6-3

-------
 6.1.2   Counter-Flow Technique
     The  counter-flow approach  is  appropriate when the EPA  inspector  is
 making  a  routine  inspection  of a  facility for which baseline data  is
 available.   Figure 6-1  illustrates  the counterflow approach.   It starts
 with an observation of  the stack  opacity using Method 9 or equivalent
 procedures.   In addition  to  the changes in the average opacity since the
 baseline  period,  the inspector evaluates the pattern of opacity
 variability.  The inspector  also  checks for fugitive emissions from
 control device equipment, incinerator chambers (e.g., charging door) and
 for emissions from bypass stacks.   The next step is the evaluation of
 transmissometer data (if  applicable) assuming that the monitor passes
 basic quality assurance requirements.  The emphasis of the inspection is
 on the  operating  conditions, both measured and observed.   The control
 device  information coupled with the stack conditions can be used to
 (1) determine if  there  is a  probable problem, (2) determine if the problem
 is due  primarily  to control-device-related conditions, and (3) determine
 if the  problem is  due primarily to  incinerator-related factors.  If  the
 incineration process appears to be  important, then the inspection  should
 continue with an  evaluation  of  any relevant portions of the incinerator.
 If the  problem is  simply control device related, the time-consuming
 inspection of process sources can be either abbreviated or eliminated.
 The counterflow approach should only be used when the baseline data  is
 available and the  basic incineration process is well documented in the
 agency  files.
 6.1.3  Co-Current  Technique
     The co-current  inspection  starts with the preparation of a flowchart
of the  incineration/control  device system.  The inspector  starts with the
waste storage area  and follows the incineration process in a co-current
fashion.  The emphasis in this type of inspection is on the waste material
and fuel characteristics, charging rates and procedures, operating
temperatures and pressures,  and other information relevant to the
generation of air pollutants.  The co-current flow approach is illustrated
in Figure 6-2.
     Due to the diversity of hospital  incinerators and control systems, it
is important that the inspection procedures incorporate some
                                    6-4

-------
   COUNTERFLOW APPROACH
PROCESS
GAS STREAM
       CONTROL
        DEVICE
   Figure 6-1.  Counterflow Inspection approach.
                  6-5

-------
CO-CURRENT APPROACH

-------
 flexibility.   The baseline inspection technique includes  several  levels  of
 intensity.   These can be preselected  by  agency personnel  before the
 inspection,  based on normal  targeting criteria.  The level  also can  be
 changed by  the inspector during  the field  work based on preliminary  data
 and  observations.  This .flexibility allows the agency to  focus on  actual
 emission problems instead of simply completing a prescribed number of
 inspections.   The flexibility built into the baseline technique also must
 be exercised  whenever,  in the judgment of  the inspector,  the standard
 procedures would be unsafe or incorrect  for a specific source.  It also
 should  be noted that specific inspection activities  can be  deleted.
 However,  Inspectors should not add new or  different  procedures without the
 express approval  of supervisory  personnel.
 6.2   LEVELS OF INSPECTION
      Without  any constraints of  Agency manpower and  resources, it  would  be
 desirable to  conduct detailed engineering  oriented inspections at  all .
 sources.  This is obviously  impractical  due to the large  number of air
 pollution sources inspected  regularly  by EPA Regional  Offices and  the     ./
 State and local  agencies.  Levels of  Inspection have been incorporated
 into  the  Inspection program  to give control  agencies the opportunity to
 properly  allocate the limited resources  available.   The most complete and
 time consuming evaluations are done only when  preliminary information
 indicates that there is or will  soon be a  significant  emission problem.
     The  levels  of  inspection are designated  as 1 through 4 with the
 comprehensiveness of  the  evaluation increasing  as the  number increases.
 The types of  activities normally associated with each  level and the
 experience levels necessary  to conduct the  different  levels vary
 substantially.
 6.2.1   Level  4  Inspections
     The Level 4  Inspection  is the most comprehensive of the four  levels
and is done explicitly to gather baseline  information for use later in
evaluating the performance of the specific  sources at a given facility.
This  type of  inspection should be done jointly  by a senior inspector and
the EPA, State, or  local  agency personnel who will be assigned
responsibility for the plant.
                                    6-7

-------
      The best  time  to  conduct  a baseline  inspection  (Level  4  inspection)
 is during initial compliance testing.   The  initial compliance test
 following the  installation  of  the  incinerator and/or control  equipment is
 preferred because the  system is new  and operating at conditions designed
 and set  by the vendor.   Typically,  incinerators and/or air  pollution
 control  systems  (APCS)  are  purchased with performance guarantees that
 require  emission tests  demonstrating a  prescribed performance level that
 ensures  compliance  with applicable emission regulations.  Data quality
 problems associated with instrumentation  (e.g., pressure gauges, thermo-
 couples,  and liquid flow meters) are minimized because they are new and
 the vendor has ensured  that they are operating properly to  achieve
 guaranteed performance.   When  baseline  inspections are performed simul-
 taneously with the  initial  compliance tests, documentation  of the key
 operating levels is established with credibility and reliability for
 reference in followup Level 2  and 3  inspections.  Comparison  of data
 collected on subsequent  inspections  can be compared to the  baseline data
 and  will  allow the  inspector to identify differences in operating
 conditions that may be  causing  compliance problems.
     An  important part  of the  Level  4 inspection is the preparation of
 general  incinerator and  control device  flowcharts.  As a starting point,
 the  inspector should request the block  flow diagrams or drawings for the
 incineration system.  Specific  flowcharts should be prepared  so that all
 of  the important information concerning measurement ports,  locations of
 bypass stacks,  and  locations of all  monitoring devices are  clearly
 shown.   In addition to  the pollutants measured during the compliance test,
 the  performance of  the hospital waste incineration system can be evaluated
 by measuring stack effluent gases such as 02 and CO, by observing stack
gas opacity,  by inspecting ash quality, and by recording air  pollution
control device  and  Incinerator operating parameters (e.g.,  temperature,
draft, and pressure drop).  Details  should be noted on the  locations where
waste is generated,  the general composition (i.e., relative volumes of
 infectious waste/general refuse, liquid/solid waste, plastic  content) of
the waste, the  charging frequency, the size of each charge, and the type
of waste charged in each charge.  Additionally,  samples of  incinerator
ash, scrubber liquor,  fabric filter catch, and/or dry scrubber absorption
sorbent also  should  be obtained for  analysis.

                                    6-8

-------
 6.2.2  Level  3 Inspections
      Level  3  Inspections are  conducted  only  on  those  units with  apparent
 problems  identified  in a Level  2  inspection  (discussed  later).   Where
 necessary,  portable  gauges provided  by  the inspector  are used to measure
 certain operating  parameters.   The most commonly used types of instruments
 are  thermocouples  and  thermometers,  combustion  gas  analyzers  (02 and CO
 monitors),  differential  pressure  gauges,  pH  meters-or paper,  and pitot
 tubes.
      The  Level  3 inspection includes an evaluation  of stack effluent
 characteristics (02  and  CO),  CEM  data records,  control  device performance
 parameters, and the  incinerator operating conditions  (e.g., tempera-
 ture).  Infectious waste composition may  be  reviewed  and samples of the
 scrubber  liquor and  incinerator ash  may be obtained for later
 evaluation.   Failed  fabric filter bags  or electrostatic precipitator
 discharge electrodes may be obtained to confirm that  the plant has
 correctly identified the general  type of problem(s).  In some cases, the
 Level 3 inspection will  include an evaluation of the  internal portions of ,
 an air  pollution control  device.  This  is done  simply by observing
 conditions  from an access  hatch and  under no circumstances should  include
 entry by the  Inspector into the control device.
 6.2.3   Level  2  Inspections
      Level  2  Inspections  are the  most frequent  types  of inspections and
 are  important  in that the observations  made during these inspections
 determine when  a Level 3  inspection  is  needed.
     The Level  2 inspection is a  limited walk through evaluation of the
 air  pollution source and/or the air  pollution control equipment.  Entry to
 the  facility  is necessary.  Therefore,  the administrative inspection
 procedures specified in Chapter 2 of this manual should be followed.  The
 inspection can be performed either in a co-current or countercurrent
 fashion depending on the anticipated types of problems.  In either case,
 the  inspection data gathered is limited to that which can be provided by
onsite permanently  mounted  instrumentation and observation of operating
procedures.   An important aspect of  this type of inspection is the
evaluation of the accuracy of  the data from this instrumentation.  When
control  devices are not in service during the plant inspection,   the
                                    6-9

-------
 Level  2 inspections can  include checks  on  their internal condition.  This
 internal  check  is- particularly useful for  the evaluation of fabric filter
 performance.  The inspection involves observations from access hatches and
 under  no  circumstances includes entry into the collector by the
 inspector.  When the Level 1 data and/or the preliminary observations
 during Level  2  Inspections indicate problems, an inspector may wish to
 conduct the more detailed and complete  Level 3 inspection.
 6.2.4   Level  1  Inspections
     The  Level  1 inspection is a field  surveillance tool intended to
 provide relatively frequent but very incomplete indications of source
 performance.  Because entry to the plant grounds is usually unnecessary,
 the inspection  is never announced in advance.  The inspector makes visible
 emission  observations on the stacks which are visible from the plant
 boundary  and which can be properly observed given prevailing
 meteorological  conditions.  Odor conditions are noted both upwind and
 downwind  of the facility.  Unusual conditions provide the stimulus for an
 in-plant  inspection in the near future.   If the visible emission observa-
 tions  and/or other observations provides the basis of a notice of viola-
 tion,  the Information should be transmitted to. hospital administr. tive
 personnel immediately to-satisfy due process requirements.
     The  following sections define the specific inspection points included
 in.Level  1, 2, and 3 Inspections of hospital  waste incinerators and the
major  types of air pollution control systems.  Procedures involved in
 preparation of baseline data (Level  4 inspections)  also are covered since
 the procedures differ for each type of system..  Additionally, matrices are
 included  in each section on waste characterization, combustion equipment,
and air pollution control equipment which summarize and compare the types
of inspections included in each inspection level.
6.3  COMMON INSPECTION ACTIVITIES
     There are several inspection activities that are common to the
different types of inspections (i.e., inspections of waste, combustion
equipment, and air pollution control devices).   These common activities
are described in this  section to prevent their  unnecessary repetition in
each of the following  sections where they are applicable.
                                   6-10

-------
 6.3.1   Prepare a System Flowchart
     System  flowcharts  are prepared during  a  Level  4  inspection by agency
 management personnel  or senior  inspectors for use  in  subsequent inspec-
 tions.  Even a relatively  simple chart  is helpful  both  in  preparing for
 and during an inspection.   In general,  the  system  flowchart  is made up of
 three separate flowcharts;  waste storage and  handling,  combustion equip-
 ment, and air pollution control device(s).  The specific requirements for
 each of these flowcharts are presented  in the following section.
 6.3.2   Identify  Potential  Safety Problems
 Agency management personnel and/or senior inspectors  should  identify
 potential safety problems  involved in standard Level  2/Level 3 inspections
 at this site.  To the extent-possible,  the  hospital personnel should
 eliminate these  hazards.   For those hazards which cannot be  eliminated,
 agency personnel should  prepare notes on how  future inspections should be
 liilted and  should prepare  a list of the necessary personnel safety
 equipment.  A  partial list  of common health and safety  hazards include the
 following:                                                                ,
      1.  Eye  injuries while observing combustion conditions through
 observations  hatches;
      2.  Skin contact with sharps and  infectious wastes;
      3.  Thermal burns due to contact with hot equipment.
      4.  Inhalation hazards due to fugitive  leaks from high static
 pressure scrubber vessels and ducts;
      5.  Eye hazards during sampling  of scrubber liquor or exposure to
dry scrubber alkali  solids and slurries;
      6.  Slippery walkways and ladders;
      7.  Fan disintegration;
      8.  Inhalation hazards due to fugitive  leaks from dry scrubber inlet
breechings,  absorber vessels,  particulate control  systems, and alkaline
reagent  storage/preparation/supply  equipment;
     9.   Corroded ductwork and  particulate  control devices;
     10.   High voltage in control cabinets;
     11.   Inhalation hazards due to low  stack  discharge points;
     12.   Weak catwalk and  ladder supports;
     13.   Hot fabric filter roof surfaces;
                                   6-11

-------
      14.   Compressed air gauges in close  proximity  to  rotating equipment
 cr hot surfaces;
      15.   Fugitive emissions  from faerie  filter  cystem;  and
      16.   Inhalation hazards  from adjacent  stacks and  vents.
 6.3.3  Evaluate Locations  for Measurement Ports
      Many  existing incinerators and air pollution control  devices do not
 have convenient and safe ports that can be  used  for static pressure, gas
 temperature,  oxygen, and carbon monoxide measurements.   One purpose of the
 Level  4 inspection is to select (with  the assistance of  plan; personnel)
 locations  for ports to  be  installed at a  later date to facilitate Level 3
 inspections.   Information  regarding possible  sample port  locations for
 incinerators  and air pollution control devices is provided in the U. S.
 EPA  Publication titled,  "Preferred  Measurement Ports for  Air Pollution
 Control Systems,"  EPA 340/1-36-034.
 6.3.4   Evaluate Visible  Emissions
      If weather conditions permit,  determine  the wet scrubber effluent
 average opacity in  accordance  with  EPA Method 9 procedures (o- other
 required procedure).  The observation should  be conducted  during routine
 process operation  and should  last 6  to 30 minutes for  each ^tack and
 bypass vent.   The observation  should be made  after  the water droplets
 contained  1n  the plume vaporize  (wnere the steam plume "breaks") or at the
 stack discharge if  there is not  a steam plume present.   The presence of a
 particulate plume greater than  10 percent generally  indicates a scrubber
 operating problem and/or the generation of high concentrations of sub-
 micron particles in  the process  and/or the presence of high concentrations
 of vaporous material  condensing  in  the effluent gas stream.
     In addition to evaluating the  average opacity,  inspectors should scan
 the visible emission  observation worksheet to identify the maximum and
minimum short-term opacities.   rhis  is especially useful   information if
 there are variations  in the incinerator operating condition during
charging,  soot  blowing of a waste heat boiler, or other cyclic activity.
 The differences in the minimum and maximum opacities provides an
 indication of changing particle  size distributions.
     If weather conditions  are poor, an attempt should still  be made to
determine if there are any  visible emissions.   Do not attempt to determine
                                   6-12

-------
  average opacity during adverse weather conditions.   The  presence of a
  noticeable plume indicates air pollution control  device  operating
  problems.
  6.3.5  Evaluate Double-Pass Transmissometer Physical  Condition
      If a transmissometer is present, and if it is  in an accessible
  location, check the light source and retroreflector modules to confirm
  that these are in good working order.  Check that the main fan is working
  and that there is a least one dust filter for the fan.   On many commercial
 models, it 1s also possible to check the instrument alignment without
 adjusting the instrument.  (NOTE:  On some models,  moving  the dial  to the
 alignment check position will  cause an alarm in the control  room.  This is
 to be moved only by plant personnel and only when it  will  not disrupt
 plant operations).
      Some fabric filters have one or more single  pass  transmissometers on
 outlet ducts.   While these can provide seme useful  information to the
 system operators,  these  instruments do not provide  data  relevant to the
 Inspection.
 6.3.6   Evaluate  Double-Pass  Transmissometer Data.
     Obtain  the  continuous opacity records and  quickly scan  the data for
 the previous  12  months to determine time  periods  that  had  especially high
 and especially  low  opacity.   Select the dry scrubber  operating logs and
 the process operating  logs that  correspond with the times  of  the
 monitoring Instrument charts/records  selected.  Compare  the dry scrubber
 operating data and  process operating  data  against baseline information to
 identify the general category  of  problem(s)  causing the  excess opacity
 incidents.  Evaluate the  source's  proposed  corrective actions  to minimize
 this problem(s)  in  the future.   During the  inspection, if  the  unit  is
working better than during other  periods,  it may be advisable  to conduct
an  unscheduled Inspection  in the  near future.
     As part of the review of  average opacity, scan the  data  to  determine
the frequency of emission  problems  and to  evaluate how rapidly the
operators are able  to recognize and eliminate the condition.
     Evaluate the average opacity data for  selected days since the  last
Inspection, 1f the transmissometer  appears  to be working properly.
Determine the frequency of emission problems and evaluate  how  rapidly  the
                                   6-13

-------
 fabric  filter operators are able to recognize and eliminate the
 conditions.
 6.3.7   Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Oxides, and Hydrogen Chloride Monitor
        Physical Conditions
     If the monitors are in an accessible location, confirm that the
 instruments are in good mechanical operating condition and that any sample
 lines are intact.  Check calibration and zero check records for all
 instruments.  Whenever working in the areas around the continuous emis-
 sions monitors, inspectors should be cautious about fugitive leaks of
 effluent gas.
 6.3.8   Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Oxides, and Hydrogen Chloride Emission Data
     An inspection of monitoring data, similar to that conducted for
 transmissometers (see Section 6.5.4.2.8), also should be made of the
 monitoring data for sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and hydrogen chloride
 monitors.
     High emission rates of either sulfur dioxide or hydrogen chloride
 indicate significant problems with the dry scrubber system.  The general
 classes of problems include but are not limited to poor alkaline reagent
 reactivity, inadequate approach-to-saturation (wet-dry systems), low
 reagent stoichiometric ratios, low inlet gas temperatures, and makeup
 reagent supply problems.  If high emission rates of either sulfur dioxide
 or hydrogen chloride are observed during the inspection, facility
 personnel should be consulted to determine both the cause of the
 problem(s) and appropriate corrective action(s).
     High nitrogen oxide concentrations indicate a problem with the
 combustion equipment operation, an increase in the waste nitrogen content,
 or a problem with the nitrogen oxides control system.
 6.3.9  Modify Standard Inspection Checklists
     Senior inspectors and/or agency management personnel should modify
 the checklists presented in the Appendices of this manual to match the
 specific conditions at the facility being inspected.  Inspection points
which are irrelevant and unnecessarily time consuming should be omitted to
 reduce  the inspection time requirements and reduce the disruption of the
 facility personnel's schedule.  Also, any inspection steps which involve
 unreasonable risks to the inspector, the plant personnel, or the equipment
                                   6-14

-------
 should be deleted.  In some cases,  it may be necessary to  add other
 Inspection points not discussed in  this manual.   At the conclusion of the
 Level  4 inspection, the modified checklist should be included in  the
 inspection file.
 6.4  CHARACTERIZATION OF WASTE
      Hospital wastes are heterogeneous, consisting of general refuse,
 laboratory and pharmaceutical chemicals and containers, and pathological
 wastes; all or some of these wastes may contain  pathogens  or infectious
 agents and may be considered infectious wastes.   While most States
 prohibit disposal of low-level  radioactive waste in incinerators  (unless
 licensed for this use),  there is also a potential  for improper  inclusion
 of  these wastes in incinerator  charge material.   General refuse from
 hospitals is similar to  generic wastes from residences and institutions,
 and include artificial  linens,  paper, flowers, food,  cans, diapers, and
 plastic cups.  Laboratory and pharmaceutical  chemicals can include
 alcohols,  disinfectants,  antineoplastic agents,  and heavy  metals, such as
 mercury.   Infectious wastes  include isolation wastes  (refuse associated
 with  Isolation patients),  cultures  and stocks of Infectious agents and
 associated biologicals,  human blood and blood products,  pathological
 wastes,  contaminated sharps, and contaminated animal  carcasses, body parts
 and bedding.1   In the U.S.,  infectious wastes are  required to be discarded
 in  orange  or red  plastic  bags or containers.  Containers should be marked
 with the universal  biological hazard  symbol  (Figure 6-3).  Often these
 "red bag"  wastes  may contain general  refuse discarded  along with the
 infectious waste.
     The purpose  of  characterizing  waste during  an  inspection is to
 identify the  types of waste being burned  in order  to  assess whether the
wastes are within any  limitations stipulated  in  the operating permit or
State regulations.   Furthermore, characterization of the waste will assist
 in evaluating  the potential impacts on  pollutant formation, proper incin-
erator design  and operation, air pollution control  equipment performance,
and waste  handling and charging  practices that could potentially produce
fugitive emissions of infectious agents.  Potential pollutants of concern
from hospital  incinerators that  are affected by waste composition include
partlculate matter, particulate  metals, acid gases  (hydrogen chloride
                                   6-15

-------
Figure 6-3.  The biological hazard symbol.
                     6-16

-------
 (HCIJ,  hydrogen fluoride,  sulfur dioxide,  sulfuric acid, nitrogen oxides),
 toxic organics (e.g.,  dloxins  and furans),  radionuclides,  and  infectious
 agents.   The characteristics of  the wastes  that contribute to  the forma-
 tion and  emission of these pollutants  are discussed below.
      Particulate matter.   The  quantity and  characteristics  of  emissions of
 partial late  matter from the combustion of hospital wastes  are  determined
 by three  factors:  (1) entrainment of  noncombustible materials,
 (2)  Incomplete combustion  of combustible materials, and  (3) condensation
 of vaporous  material.  The noncombustible materials contained  in hospital
 wastes are dependent on the ash  content of  the combustible  materials  and
 other miscellaneous noncombustible materials contained 1n  the  wastes,  such
 as powdered  inorganic materials  and fines from the fracture of sharps.
 Partlculate  emissions from incomplete  combustion of combustible materials
 are  Influenced by the moisture content, heating value, and  bulk density of
 the  feed  wastes.   These factors  should be considered in the design and
 operation of the  incinerator to  maximize combustion efficiency.
 Condensation of vaporous materials results  from volatilization of
 noncombustible substances  that have vaporization temperatures  within the
 range of  those in the primary  chamber  with  subsequent cooling  1n the flue
 gas.  These  materials usually  condense on the surface of other fine
 particles.   Because of the  inverse relationship between surface area and
 particle  size, condenslble materials are often selectively distributed on
 fine  particles which makes their capture by conventional  air pollution
 control  devices difficult.  Particulate emissions from one  study of
 18 uncontrolled hospital incinerators  ranged from 1.37 to 36.49 Ib per ton
 of feed with  an average of 7.52  Ib/ton.
      Particulate metals.  Particulate metal emissions are dependent on the
 metals content of the feed material.   Metals may exist in the waste as
 either parts of discarded instruments or utensils, in plastics and inks,
 or as discarded heavy metals used in laboratories.  An example is mercury
 from dental  clinics.  Many metals are converted to oxides during combus-
 tion and are emitted primarily as submicron to micron size particles.
Metals that  volatilize at primary chamber temperatures may selectively
condense on  small, difficult to control particles  in the  incinerator flue
gas.  Metals generally thought  to exhibit fine-particle enrichment are As,
Cd, Cr,  Mn,  N1, Mo, Pb, Sb, Se, V, and Zn."

                                   6-17

-------
      Add  gases.   Sulfur dioxide  (S02) emissions are directly related to
 the sulfur content of the waste material.  Two parts by weight of S02 are
 generated  for  each part of sulfur combusted.  Alkaline materials that may
 exist in the waste materials could  potentially react with the S02 and
 produce solid  salts that would be either retained in the bottom ash or
 emitted as particulate with the flue gas.  However, the relatively large
 amounts of halogenated plastics in  typical hospital waste result in the
 formation  of HC1 which has a higher affinity for the available alkaline
 materials.  As a result, most of  the sulfur in the waste is emitted as
 S02t  with  a small  amount emitted  as sulfur trioxide (S03).  Moisture in
 the flue gas can react with the S02 and S03 to produce sulfuric acid.
 Uncontrolled SOX emissions from one study of two hospital incinerators
 ranged from 1.47 to 3.01 Ib per ton of feed with an average of
 1.85  lb/ton.5
      Halogens  such as chlorine, fluorine, and bromine in the wastes will
 produce HC1, hydrogen fluoride (HF), hydrogen bromide (HBr) when
 combusted.  Potential sources of  halogens in the waste stream include     _,
 polyvinyl  chloride (PVC), other halogenated plastics, and halogen-
 containing  salts.  Because of the relatively large amounts of plastics in
 hospital wastes, concentrations of  HC1 from hospital incinerators can be
 significantly  higher than from municipal incinerators.  Hospital wastes
 typically contain about 20 percent  plastics with levels as high as
 30  percent  reported.6  Table 6-1  presents an ultimate analysis of four
 plastics usually found in hospital  wastes.  Uncontrolled HC1 emissions
 from hospital  incinerators from one study of 18 hospitals ranged from 6.6
 to 99.4 Ib per ton of feed with an  average of 45.4 lb/ton.
     Nitrous oxides (NOX) emissions from hospital incinerators result from
conversion of the nitrogen in the combustion air, referred to as thermal
NOX, and the nitrogen contained in  the fuel, fuel NOX.  Thermal NOX is
extremely sensitive to temperature.  Fuel NOX is less temperature
sensitive and will  increase proportionally with waste nitrogen content.3
Uncontrolled NOX emissions from one study of two hospital incinerators
ranged from 4.64 to 7.82 Ib per ton of feed with an average of
6.02 lb/ton.9
                                   6-18

-------
              TABLE" 6-1.   ULTIMATE ANALYSES OF FOUR  PLASTICS3
                             (Weight Percent)

Moisture
Carbon
Hydrogen
Oxygen
Nitrogen
Sulfur
Chlorine
Ash
Higher heating
value, Btu/lb
Polyethylene
0.20
84.38
14.14
0.00
0.06
0.03
Tr
1.19
19,687
Polystyrene
0.20
86.91
8.42
3.96
0.21
0.02
Tr
0.45
16,419
Polyurethane
0.20
63.14
6.25
17.61
5.98
0.02
2.42
4.38
11,203
Polyvinyl
chloride
0.20
45.04
5.60
1.56
0.08
0.14
45.32
2.06
9,754
Reference 10.
                                      6-19

-------
      Infectious  agents or pathogens.  Hospital incinerators have
 traditionally been used to treat infectious wastes.  The presence of
 infectious wastes in  the incinerator feed is easily identified by red or
 orange plastic bags or containers marked with the biological hazard
 symbol.  Proper  operation of the incinerator with adequate combustion
 temperatures, excess  air rates, and retention times should effectively
 destroy the pathogens.  Many States now require combustion temperature of
 1800*F and retention  times in the secondary chamber of 1 second.  Because
 of the potential for  fugitive releases of Infectious agents, bag and
 container integrity should be maintained.  Bags and containers should be-
 handled, transported, and stored in a manner that will prevent tears.  If
 syringes or other sharps are included, these sharp wastes should be placed
 in rigid, puncture-resistant containers.
 6.4.1  Waste Characteristics That Affect Incinerator Operation
     Waste moisture and heat content have major impacts on the thermal
 input to the incinerator.  The heating value of waste corresponds to the
 quantity of heat released when the waste is burned, commonly expressed in
 Btu/lb.  The net heating value of a waste decreases with increased
 moisture content since approximately 1,200 Btu of heat are necessary to
 evaporate each pound of water in the waste.  The net heating value of the
 waste should be considered in assessing the need for auxiliary fuel
 firing.  As a rule of thumb, a minimum heat content of about 5,000 Btu/lb
 is required to sustain combustion.11  Most incinerator manufacturers rate
 the burn rate capacities for their units utilizing the Incinerator
 Institute of America  (IIA)  Solid Waste Classification system which is
 based on moisture content and heating value.  The IIA was absorbed by the
 National  Solid Wastes Management Association in 1974.  Table 6-2 presents
 the IIA classification system.
     Wide variations  in thermal  input will affect the temperatures, excess
 air rates,  and retention times required for efficient combustion.  Charge
 rates should be varied with the moisture content and heating value to
 prevent overcharging or refractory damage and slagging.  During normal
operation of the incinerator, the operator should mix feed material with
different heating values to prevent upset combustion conditions.  The
 loading hopper should be loaded with bags of red bag waste, trash, and
                                   6-20

-------
 TABLE 6-2.   INCINERATOR INSTITUTE  OF  AMERICA  SOLID  WASTE  CLASSIFICATIONS4

 Type   Description

 0       Trash, a mixture  of highly  combustible waste such  as paper,
         cardboard, cartons, wood  boxes, and combustible  floor sweepings
         from commercial and industrial activities.  The  mixture contain
         up to 10 percent by weight of plastic bags, coated
         paper,laminated paper, treated corrugated cardboard, oil rags,
         and plastic or  rubber scraps.
        This type of waste contains 10 percent moisture, 5 percent
         incombustible solids and  has a heating value of  8,500 Btu per
         pound as fired.

 1       Rubbish, a mixture of combustible waste such as paper,'cardboard
         cartons, wood scrap, foliage, and combustible floor  sweepings,
         from domestic,  commercial, and industrial activities.  The
         mixture contains up to 20 percent by weight of restaurant or
         cafeteria waste, but contains little or no treated papers,
         plastics, or rubber wastes.
        This type of waste contains 25 percent moisture, 10 percent
         incombustible solids and  has a heating value of  6,500 Btu per
         pound as fired.
 2       Refuse, consisting of an approximately even mixture of rubbish and
         garbage by weight.
        This type of waste is common to apartment and residential
         •occupancy, consisting of  up to 50 percent, moisture,  7 percent
         incombustible sol Ids, and has a heating value of 4,300 Btu per
         pound as fired.

 3       Garbage, consisting of animal and vegetable wastes from
         restaurants, cafeterias,  hotels, hospitals, markets, and like
         installations.
        This type of waste contains up to 70 percent moisutre, up to
         5 percent incombustible solids, and has a heating value of 2,500
         Btu per pound as fired.

 4       Human and animal remains, consisting of carcasses, organs, and
         solid organic wastes from hospitals, laboratories, abattoirs,
         animal  pounds, and similar sources, consisting of up to
         85 percent moisture, 5 percent incombustible solids, and having a
         heating value of 1,000 Btu per pound as fired.

 5      Byproduct waste, gaseous, liquid or semi liquid, such as tar,
         paints,  solvents, sludge, fumes, etc., from industrial
         operations.  Btu values must be determined by the individual
         materials to be destroyed.
6      Solid byproduct waste, such as rubber, plastics, wood waste, etc.,
         from industrial operations.   Btu values must be determined by the
         individual  materials to be destroyed.

Reference  12.
                                      6-21

-------
 garbage,  rather than charging  all the red bag waste at one time, then all
 the garbage,  etc.   The objective  is to maintain a constant thermal input
 rate (Btu/h).
      Wastes containing metals  and plastics are a particular concern for
 pollutants from hospital  incinerators.  When burned, metals may become
 metal  oxides with  particle size distributions primarily in the submicron
 to  micron size  range.  These small particles may become easily entrained
 with limited capture by conventional air pollution control equipment.
 Some plastics such as polyethylene and polystyrene do not contain
 significant amounts of halogens and can be incinerated efficiently without
 major  concern for  toxic pollutant formation.  However, the high heating
 value  of  these  and  other plastic materials can cause excessively high
 temperatures  in the primary combustion chambers with increased potential
 for refractory -damage, slagging, and clinker formation.  Chlorinated
 plastics, such  as  polyvinyl chloride, produce HC1.
 6.4.2  Handling  of  Infectious Wastes
      Infectious  wastes require unique handling, transport, and charging
 procedures to prevent fugitive emissions of infectious agents.  Infectious
 waste  should be  transported to the incinerator in either red or orange
 plastic bags or  1n  containers marked with the biological hazard symbol.
 In  no  case should  the inspector open the bags or containers.  Handling and
 transport of these  wastes should be performed with care to protect the
 integrity of the bags and to ensure containment of the wastes.  In
 general, plastic bags containing infectious waste should not be
 transported through a chute or loaded by mechanical devices.  Storage of
 these  wastes prior  to incineration should be in a specially designated
 area with limited access.  The area should be kept clean and free of
 rodents and vermin.  Storage temperature and duration should be kept to a
minimum to limit microbial growth and putrefaction.  The presence of
obnoxious odors may indicate that materials are being stored for excessive
periods of time at  elevated temperatures.  If a continuous feed
 incinerator is used to burn both infectious wastes and general refuse,
 infectious waste should not be charged to the incinerator during startup
unless the incinerator is brought to proper operating temperature on
fossil fuel.   It is recommended that general  refuse be charged until the
unit is operating at normal  combustion chamber temperatures.

                                   6-22

-------
 6.4.3  Waste Inspection
      6.4.3.1 General  Considerations.   Inspection of waste at a hospital
 waste Incineration  facility  is an  important part of each  inspection
 regardless  of whether  a  Level 4, 3, or  2  inspection is performed.  The
 main purpose of the waste  inspection from an air inspector's perspective
 is  to gather data to determine the potential for fugitive emissions  (i.e.,
 odors, particulate) and  stack emission  problems related to waste
 composition (e.g.,  high  plastic content).  The air inspector will probably
 not have authority  regarding waste handling or management at the
 facility.   However, he/she can be on the  look out for potential
 infractions by reviewing operating permits, noting any prohibited wastes
 (e.g.,  low-level radioactive, hazardous wastes) and observing the waste
 contents.   For example,  an incinerator  that does not have an Nuclear
 Regulation  Commission  (NRC) permit or a permit from an agreement State (a
 State that  has an agreement with the NRC  to issue permits) for burning
•low-level radioactive waste should not be burning such waste.  Similarly,
 an  incinerator without a RCRA permit or State permit/license cannot burn  '
 hazardous waste.  However, the air Inspector should be concerned mainly
 with  identifying the components in the waste that could contribute to
 stack  emissions and with observing the waste storage and handling
 procedures  that could promote fugitive emissions of particulate matter
 and/or odors.  Table 6-3 presents a matrix that shows the types of waste
 inspections  Included in each inspection level.
      6.4.3.2  Level  4 Waste Inspection Procedures.  The Level 4 waste
 inspection procedures include the following:  preparation of a waste
generation, storage, and handling flowchart; the identification of
potential  safety problems, the review of waste management records; the
characterization of  waste composition; the observation of waste storage
and handling procedures; and the preparation of a waste inspection
checklist.   These procedures are discussed in detail  below.
     6.4.3.2.1  Preparation of flowchart.   A flowchart of the waste
generation, handling,  storage, and  charging system should be prepared for
use in subsequent Level 2 and 3  inspections.   It should consist of a chart
that identifies:
                                   6-23

-------
             TABLE  6-3.   MATRIX  OF  MEDICAL  WASTE  INSPECTION ACTIVITIES
                    ASSOCIATED WITH  INSPECTION LEVELS  1,  2,  3,  AND 4
Followup
Inspection activity/ equipment Level 4 Level 3 Level 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.









Prepare waste management system flowchart x
Identify potential safety problems x x x
Modify standard inspection checklist x
Summarize waste management records x
Estimate the relative volumes of the following:
a. General refuse x x
b. Red Bag wast* x x
c. Solid waste x x
d. Liquid wast* x x
*. Plastic wast* ' x x
f. PVC plastic wast* « x
g. Metals x x
h. Toxic materials x x
i. Radioactive materials x x
Basic
Level 2 Level I Text reference
6.4.3.2.1
x x 6.3.2
6.3.9
6.4.3.2.3
6.4.3.2.4









 6.   EstiMte the following properties of the waste:
     a.  Moisture content
     b.  Bulk density

 7.   Perfora waste survey  if warranted

 3.   Evaluate «aste handling procedure by:
     t.  Checking for properly labeled/colored
           packages
     5.  Checking for liquids packed In capped or
           stoppered bottles/flasks
     c.  Noting whether contaminated sharps are
           packed in rigid, puncture-resistant
           containers
     d.  Checking packaging integrity
     e.  Noting tears, punctures,  and leaking -liquids
     f.  Oeternining potential for ruptures of waste
           packaging

 9.   Evaluate wast* storage procedures by:
     a.  Inspecting packaging for  lean, ruptures.
           and leaking liquids
     b.  Estimating storage temperature (I.e..
           Moient)
     c.  Measuring storage te*v*ratur*
     d.  Oeternining waste storage durations by
           consulting hospital records or
           personnel
     e.  Note 9enera) housekeeping procedures

10.   Determine if prohibited wastes are being
       incinerated
6.4.3.2.4



6.4.3.2.4

6.4.3.2.5
6.4.3.2.6
6.4.3.2.3
                                                     6-24

-------
      1.   Generation  sites of  infectious and  laboratory wastes;
      2.   Method  of transporting  to  storage area;
      3.   Any  refuse  holding or staging area;
      4.   Storage areas and charging pits, chutes, or rams,
      6.4.3.2.2   Identify potential  safety problems.  The  identification of
 potential  safety problems is  addressed 1n Section 6.3.2.
      6.4.3.2.3   Waste management records.  A summary of the normal waste
 generation and management records,  if any, maintained by  the hospital
 should be compiled.  These data will be invaluable during Levels  2 and 3
 inspections since Infectious  waste will be contained in plastic bags or
 containers at the incinerator site and should not be opened by the
 inspector.  Prohibited wastes should be listed.  Special  procedures for
 handling  bulk liquids (if any) should be addressed.
      As soon as  regulations have been promulgated implementing the Medical
 Waste Tracking Act of 1988, medical facilities in the 10  affected States
 will  be required to keep records regarding waste generation.  Therefore,
 inspectors in these States will be able to determine to some extent the
 types and  volumes of waste being incinerated.  The requirements for these
 facilities under this pilot program are detailed in Section 2.2.2.3.
 Eventually, all  50 States may have to implement a tracking system
 depending  on the success of this pilot program.
     6.4.3.2.4  Waste composition.  The waste produced by a hospital for •
 incineration can vary in composition from day-to-day or hour-to-hour.  The
 incinerator is designed to handle a particular range of waste physical and
 chemical  properties.   Operation of the incinerator should be varied with
 respect to feed rates,  combustion air rates,  and auxiliary fuel firing to
 account for the variation in wastes charged.   The range of variation in
waste composition that  can be successfully processed by the incinerator
with routine operational  adjustments represents the baseline waste levels
 (i.e., the waste being  burned is within the heat content range for which
the incinerator was designed).
     The  relative distribution (i.e.,  fraction of total  waste) and volumes
 (e.g., the number of  13-gallon size waste bags)  of general refuse versus
 infectious "red  bag"  wastes  should be  estimated and noted during the
inspection.  Depending  upon  the packaging procedures for hospital waste,
                                   6-25

-------
 it may be difficult for the  inspector to assess the waste composition.
 Infectious waste bags or containers should not be opened by the
 inspector.   If there are questions about waste composition, the
 appropriate  hospital personnel should be located and questioned.  If
 possible, the physical nature of the waste with respect to solids and
 liquids should be noted (I.e., are bottles of liquids being incinerated).
 Large quantities of liquid wastes should not be incinerated unless the
 incinerator  is designed for  their combustion, i.e., includes properly
 designed hearths with catch  troughs or special injection nozzles.  Waste
 components with high moisture contents (e.g., pathological waste) and high
 bulk densities (e.g., compacted waste, computer paper) should be noted..
 Special care should be taken to note any potentially toxic material, such
 as mercury, contained in the waste stream.  The plastic content of the
 wastes also should be identified.  If possible through consultation with
 hospital personnel, the inspector should identify the relative portion of
 the plastics that are halogenated plastic, i.e., PVC.
     During a Level 3 or Level 2 inspection (I.e., inspection prompted by ;
 public complaints and/or continued compliance problems), in some cases,  it
 may be necessary to evaluate the waste composition and heat content more
 accurately.  The most realistic method of obtaining more accurate
 information on the waste Is to consult the waste management records at the
 hospital to identify each waste type generated and to determine the rate
 at which each waste type is generated.  This information allows weight
 fractions for each waste type based on the total amount of waste generated
 to be calculated.  (If records are unavailable, a waste generation survey
may be required.)  A chemical analysis could then be performed by an
experienced laboratory on a representative sample of each waste type.  The
heat content of the waste can be estimated using waste fractions and
tabulated heat contents for each waste type.  This type of analysis need
only be performed if the cause of the problem prompting the inspection is
suspected to be the waste mixture, i.e.,  if the incinerator and air
pollution control device are operating properly and consequently, waste
problems are indicated.
     6.4.3.2.5  Handling practices—infectious waste.    Handling practices
are of concern to the air pollution inspector because of the potential for
                                   6-26

-------
 fugitive releases of pathogens  or  toxic  chemicals.   For proper
 accreditation,  each hospital  should  have in  place a  waste management plan
 for infectious  and toxic wastes.   These  plans  should require  that  the
 waste material  be disposed  in properly marked  containers that prevent
 release of  the  wastes and exposure to humans.   Liquid infectious wastes
 should be placed in capped  or tightly stoppered bottles or flasks.  Solid
 or senrlsolld Infectious wastes  should be placed in red or orange plastic
 bags  or marked  containers.  Contaminated sharps should be placed in
 impervious,  rigid, and puncture-resistant containers.  The infectious
 wastes should be transported  to the  incineration facility in  these bags or
 containers.   The .inspector  should  visually inspect the bags and containers
 at the incineration facility  to ensure that  the integrity of  the packaging
 is being maintained.   Obvious tears, ruptures,  or leaking liquids  should
 be noted.  Handling practices at the incineration facility should  be
 evaluated to assess the potential  for tearing  or rupturing the packaging
 materials.   In  general, these plastic bags and  containers should be moved
 by hand  without the use of mechanical loaders or manually loaded carefully
 into  dumpsters  for transport.
      Observations should be made of material charging  practices.   Because
 of the possible variations  1n feed material moisture and heat contents,
 materials of varying  heat and moisture values should be mixed to produce a
 heterogenous feed charge with relatively  consistent  combustion
 characteristics.
      6.4.3.2.6   Storage practices—infectious waste.    Ideally, infectious
 wastes should be  incinerated as soon as possible after generation.
 However, same-day incineration  is  not always possible, necessitating
 storage of the  material at the  incineration facility.  The four important
 factors to be considered in storing infectious wastes are protecting the
 integrity of the  packaging,  storage temperature, duration of  storage, and
 design of the storage area.   The packaging should be  inspected to ensure
 that there are  no ruptures,  tears, or leaking liquids.  Storage
 temperature  and duration affect microbial growth and putrefaction.
 Inspectors should note any odors and should review hospital  records or
consult operators to assess  storage times.  Temperatures in the storage
area should be measured and  noted.  Storage of material for longer than 4
                                   6-27

-------
 to  5  days  should only be allowed  in refrigerated facilities.  The storage
 area  itself should be specially designated with limited access.  The
 Inspector  should note general housekeeping procedures to prevent vermin or
 rodent  Infestation that could damage the integrity of the containment
 packaging.
      6.4.3.2.7  Preparation of site-specific checklist.  The senior
 inspection personnel should prepare a site-specific waste inspection
 checklist for the hospital.  The  checklist should specify the specific
 waste conditions and locations to be Inspected.  The checklist should note
 any site-specific safety hazards  associated with each inspection point.
 Additionally, the checklist should include permit specifications or
 regulations that limit storage duration and temperature and that exclude
 certain wastes from being incinerated or that allow incineration of
 certain wastes.  An example of a waste inspection checklist is included as
 Appendix A.
 6.5  EVALUATION OF COMBUSTION EQUIPMENT
     Variations 1n emission rates from hospital incinerators are due to   >•
 variations 1n the chemical and physical properties of the hospital wastes,
 variations 1n Incinerator design, and variations in Incinerator opera-
 tion.  The baseline inspection technique 1s predicated on establishing
 baseline conditions and evaluating variations in performance that result
 from shifts 1n operating conditions.  Incinerator design does not vary
 over time.  Inspections of waste characteristic effects were discussed in
 Section 6.3.  The purpose of this section is to present background
 information on how combustion processes influence pollutant formation and
 emission rates, how Incinerator operation can be adjusted to reduce
 emissions, and guidance on how to perform inspections of the incinerator
 itself.
 6.5.1  Participate Matter and Particulate Metals
     As stated in Section 6.4.1, particulate emissions from hospital
 incinerators are determined by three factors:  (1) entrainment of
 noncombustible materials (2) incomplete combustion of combustible
materials, and (3) condensation of vaporous materials.  The presence of
 noncombustible materials 1n the incinerator feed is a characteristic of
 the waste feed material.  This noncombustible material or ash can either
                                   6-28

-------
 be retained  in  the  incinerator  bottom ash or be entrained and emitted with
 the flue gas.   The  potential for entrainment of the  ash is a function of
 the incinerator design  and operation and will  increase with increased
 turbulence and  gas  velocities in the primary combustion chamber.  The
 relatively lower turbulence and gas velocities in the primary combustion
 chamber of a controlled-air incinerator (compared to a multiple-chamber
 design) contributes to  the relatively lower particulate emission rates
 from these types of units.  Complete combustion of combustible material
 requires adequate temperatures, excess air, turbulence or mixing, and
 retention time.  Because of the variability in hospital waste with respect
 to  heating values, moisture contents, etc., incinerator operating
 parameters should be varied with the variations in the waste to maximize
 combustion.  In general, higher temperatures, excess air rates,
 turbulence, and retention time result in improved combustion.  However,
 factors that result in  higher gas velocities (e.g.,  higher excess air
 rate) can result 1n increased particulate entrainment.
      Condensation of vaporous materials occurs when  temperatures in the
 primary chamber exceed  the volatilization temperature of the material with
 subsequent cooling and  condensation in the flue gas  exhaust.  Generally,
 primary chamber combustion temperatures should be in the range of 1400° to
 1800°F for good combustion.  Temperatures in excess  of 1800T may result
 in excessive slagging and refractory damage.
 6.5.2  Acid Gases
     The principal  acid gas of concern from hospital incinerators is
 HC1.  The determining factor in HC1 formation and emission is the
 availability of chlorine in the feed material.  Combustion modifications
 and  incinerator operational adjustments have little, if any, affect on HC1
 generation and  emissions.  In the presence of available hydrogen, as would
 exist in the typical highly organic hospital wastes, most of the available
 chlorine will  be converted to HC1.
     From an incinerator design and operation standpoint, S02 is like
HC1.  Most of the sulfur in the wastes will  be converted to S02 regardless
of incinerator  design or operation.
     Of the principal  add gases,  only NOX formation will be significantly
affected by incinerator design and  operation.   The two types of NOX
                                   6-29

-------
 formation mechanisms  are thermal  formation and waste feed nitrogen conver-
 sion.   Thermal  NOX  results from exposure of air to high temperatures in
 the  combustion  zone.  The higher  the  excess-air rate at the flame zone,
 the  higher the  thermal NOX formation  potential.  Fuel NOX formation is
 less temperature  sensitive than thermal NOX and is more dependent on the
 waste  nitrogen  content.  NOX formation  in hospital incinerators should be
 lower  than in coal-fired boilers  due  to the relatively lower flame
 temperatures.   Thermal and fuel NOX formation is lower in starved-air
 units  than in excess-air units due to the staged combustion design.
 Operational modifications that lower  excess-air rates and temperatures
 will reduce NOX formation.  However,  these same modifications may result
 in lower  combustion efficiency with resulting increases in particulate
 emissions and dioxin  and furan formation.
 6.5.3   Organics
     Combustion conditions that favor increased particulate emissions due
 to incompletT~combustion also favor increased organic emissions.  Organic
 material  is found 1n  the waste and can be formed during combustion.  S1nce>
 these  formation mechanisms are not fully understood, there are no
 straight-forward design procedures or operating procedures that can-
 prevent the formation of all organic  compounds.  Instead, reliance is
 placed  on the destruction of the  pollutants created in the combustion
 process.   There are three basic goals for controlling the emission of
 organics,  namely:
     1.   Mixing of fuel and air to minimize the existence of long-lived,
 fuel-rich pockets of combustion products;
     2.   Attainment of sufficiently high temperatures in the presence of
 oxygen  for the destruction of hydrocarbon species; and
     3.   Prevention of quench zones or low temperature pathways that will
 allow partially combusted waste (solid or gaseous) from exiting the
 combustion chamber.
 6.5.4   Infectious Agents
     Incineration has been traditionally used to treat infectious waste at
 hospitals.  Incineration is especially advantageous with pathological
wastes and contaminated sharps because it renders body parts unrecogniz-
 able and  sharps unuseable.  Properly  designed and operated incinerators
                                   6-30

-------
can be effective in killing organisms present in the waste.  In general,
combustion conditions that are favorable to complete combustion and low
particulate emissions are also favorable to sterilizing infectious
wastes.  Because of the variation in the moisture content and heating
value of infectious waste, it is important to adjust waste feed and excess
air rates to maintain proper incineration conditions.  It is important to
avoid overloading.  When incinerating hospital wastes, it is essential
that the secondary chamber operating temperatures be attained before
loading the waste.
6.5.5  Inspection of Combustion Equipment
     This section provides detailed descriptions of the types of
inspections required when inspecting combustion equipment.  Section 6.4.5.1
provides an overview of the types of inspections that should be performed
and questions that should be answered on a combustion equipment inspec-
tion.   Section 6.4.5.2 provides detailed descriptions of each inspection
activity that should be performed on a Level 4 Inspection.  Table 6-4 is a
matrix that identifies the various inspection activities and the inspec-  j
tlon level  1n which they are included.
     6.5.5.1  Combustion Equipment Inspection Overview.
     6.5.5.1.1  Incinerator.
     Charging system/procedures
     •  Determine if the facility has a written standard procedure for
        charging waste.
        —   Maximum load size
        —   Minimum time between charges
        —   Minimum/maximum primary chamber temperature
        —   Minimum/maximum secondary chamber temperature
        ~   Are charges  logged  and charging rate measured?
     •  Examine condition of  mechanical  charging equipment
        —   Are isolation doors air tight?
        —   Does charge  ram have water quench sprays?  Are they working?
        ~   Is  spillage  of  infectious waste materials and subsequent
            contamination of  surrounding area prevalent?
        —   Do  procedures exist for disinfecting hopper/ram assembly?
                                   6-31

-------
        TABLE  6-4.    MATRIX  OF  COMBUSTION  EQUIPMENT  INSPECTION  ACTIVITIES
                     ASSOCIATED  WITH   INSPECTION  LEVELS  1,  2,  3,  AND  4
Inspection activity/equipment
                                                       Level 4   Level  3
Followup
Level 2
                                                                                    8*S1C
                                                                                   Level 2
                                                                                             Level  1   fe«t  reference
  1.   Evaluate Incinerator visible emissions
  2.   Prepare system flowchart
  3.   Identify potential  safety problems
  4.   Evaluate location)  for measurement ports
  S.   Modify standard inspection check lists

  6.   Review all  available records
  7.   Haste charging procedures
      a.  Obtain  waste feed rate
      b.  Review  charging records for overcharging
      c.  Observe charging procedures
  3.   Observe combustion  zone condition
      a.  Note burner flame pattern
      b.  Note combustion zone condition (color)
      c.  Note ash bed condition
  9.   Observe bottom asn condition/handling
      a.  Observe ash handling practices
      b.  Take VE readings wnen fugitive dust is
            apparent
      c.  Inspect ash for burnout
      d.  Review  ash  disposal records
      e.  Obtain  ash  sample
 10.   Evaluate startup/shutdown procedures
      a.  Proper  •inimum temperatures achieved Before
            charging
      b.  Proper  waste charging
      c.  Observe stack gas opacity during startup/
            shutdown
 II.   Underflre and overflre air ports
      a.  Record  incinerator airflow or air pressure
            If monitor available
      b.  Obtain  readings for previous 9 hours
      c.  Review  operator's log to determine frequency
            of cleaning
 12.   Incinerator draft—record Incinerator static
        pressure  If monitor available
 13.   Primary and secondary chamber temperature
      a.  Record  primary and secondary temperatures
            from  control panel
      b.  Review  previous 12 months data
      c.  Measure exit gas temperature
 14.   Oxygen (0 )  level
      a.  Record  exit gas 0  level from available
            monitor
      b.  Review  prevou* 12 months'  data
      c.  Measure exit gas 0  level
 15.   Carbon •ononde (CO) level
      a.  Record  exit gas CO level from available
            •onltor
      b.  Review  previous 12 months'  data
      c.  Measure exit gas CO level

IS.   Incinerator shell
      a.   Inspect  exterior shell  for corrosion
      b.  Inspect  exterior shell  for wnite spots
      c.  listen  for  audible air Infiltration
17.   Incinerator charging area
      a.   Listen  for audible air Infiltration
      b.   Inspect  charge door for warping
13.   Evaluate general physical  condition of:
      a.   Incinerator
      b.   Transmissometer
      c.   Sulfur  dioxide monitor
      d.   Nitrogen oxides monitor
      e.   HC1  monitor
19.    Review opacity. SO
        emission data
                      ..
                              and HC1  monitors
                                                                                                      S.3.4
                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.1
                                                                                                      6.3.2
                                                                                                      6.3.3
                                                                                                      6.3.9

                                                                                                      5.5.5.2.5
                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.6
                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.7



                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.14






                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.19





                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.8.  9





                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.10

                                                                                                      S. 5.5.2.11




                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.12




                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.13





                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.15, 16



                                                                                                      6.5.5.2.17
                                                             6-32

-------
      •   Observe  charging  procedure
         --   Evaluate  temporal  variations  in waste and combustion
             conditions.   Does  operator adjust waste charging  or combustion
             conditions to  accommodate variations?
      •   Are  fugitive  emissions  from  incinerator/charge assembly emitted
         during charging?
      •   If bulk  liquids are being handled, are these properly fed to the
         incinerator via burner  or atomizing nozzle?
      •   If pathological (Type  4) waste is being incinerated,  is/are
         charging rate/procedures appropriate for this waste type?
      Incineration system/procedures.
      1.  Evaluate adequacy of  primary chamber and secondary  chamber exit
gas temperatures.  These are important operating parameters relating to
combustion efficiency and  infectious agent destruction.  Gas  temperature
also  affects nitrogen oxides generation by thermal mechanisms.
      2.  Evaluate flue gas oxygen concentrations to assure adequate
excess air is available.   High  levels may also indicate air               >
infiltration.
      3.  Evaluate CO concentration of exhaust gas.  Excessive CO
indicates poor combustion  conditions.
      4.  Evaluate physical condition of incinerator shell and waste feed
delivery equipment.  Check for  audible air infiltration into  incinerator
and for audible air losses from undergrate plenums and forced draft supply
ducts.
      5.  Inspect physical condition of air blower/burner assemblies.
      a.  Do combustion air fans appear to be operating smoothly (no
squealing or vibration)?   Physical  condition of dampers (rusted or
properly lubricated)?  For automatic modulated systems, are dampers
modulating as thermal  load to incinerator changes?
      b.  Visually inspect burner assemblies and flame pattern (if
viewports exist).  For automatic systems, are burners modulating with
thermal  load of incinerator?
      6.  If pathological  wastes are charged to incinerator,  are proper
operating conditions  maintained? (i.e.,  does the primary chamber burner
remain on?)
                                   6-33

-------
       7.   Evaluate  stack emissions
       a.   Visually  observe the  stack emissions opacity
       b.   For cases where a bypass  stack  is present, observe whether
 emissions  are present from the  bypass stack.
       8.   Note whether the incinerator draft is measured/recorded
       9.   Inspect data recording systems  to assure all parameters which
 are required to be monitored by the operating permit are monitored and
 that data  recording systems are operating properly.  Depending upon the
 size/operating frequency of the unit and  operating permit conditions,
 monitored  parameters for the'combustion system can include any of the
 following:
       a.   Primary chamber temperature;
       b.   Secondary chamber temperature;
       c.   Oxygen concentration of the effluent gas;
       d.   Carbon monoxide concentration of the effluent gas;
       e.   Opacity of the effluent gas;
       f.   Combustion chamber pressures (draft);                           >
       g.   Charging frequency and mass;
       h.  Ash removal frequency;
       i.  Auxiliary fuel usage.
     10.   Review startup and shutdown procedures since these can cause
 short  term emission problems and can lead to rapid equipment deteriora-
 tion.  For batch feed units, the charging and startup of the incinerator
 should be observed during an inspection.  Insure that secondary chamber
 temperatures have reached acceptable levels before infectious wastes are
charged.
     6.5.5.1.2  Residue handling and disposal.
     1.  Check any available records concerning incinerator bottom ash
composition since this could indicate combustion problems.
     2.  Inspect bottom ash to determine obvious combustion problems.
     3.  Observe bottom ash cleanout, storage, and disposal procedures for
fugitive particulate emissions.
     6.5.5.2  Level  4 Combustion Equipment Inspection.  The Level 4
combustion equipment inspection is a comprehensive inspection that
 includes all of the elements of Inspection Levels 1, 2, and 3.  Table 6-4
                                   6-34

-------
.provides a matrix  of  the types of  inspection  activities included  in each
 inspection level for  combustion  equipment.  The  following paragraphs
 describe the Level  4  combustion  equipment  inspection activities in detail
 while the matrix points  out  differences  between  the different levels.
      6.5.5.2.1  Prepare  a system flowchart.   A combustion equipment system
 flowchart should consist of  a simple  diagram  that  includes the following
 elements:
      1.   Location  of  waste storage  and handling  area and schematic of
waste charging  system;
      2.   Incinerator  chamber(s), overfire  and underfire air ports; blowers
 and  air  auxiliary  burner locations;
      3.   Location  of  incinerator chamber viewports;
      4.   Schematic  of ash handling  system  and disposal/storage area;
      5.   Locations  of major  instruments  and monitoring locations  on the
equipment (static  pressure gauges,  temperature monitors, oxygen analyzers,
carbon monoxide analyzers, and operating meter); and
      6.   Location of  control panel  and monitor output and recording       j
instrumentation.
      6.5.5.2.2  Identify  potential  safety  problems.  The identification of
potential  safety problems  1s addressed in  Section 6.3.2.
      6.5.5.2.3  Evaluate  potential  safety  problems.  The evaluation of
locations for measurement  ports  1s discussed  in Section 6.3.3.
      6.5.5.2.4  Evaluate  the incinerator visible emissions.  The  evaluation
of visible emissions  is discussed in  Section 6.3.4.
      6.5.5.2.5  Review types of records.  A summary of the normal  operating
              •
records and routine laboratory analyses  (e.g., analysis of incinerator
ash,  baghouse catch,  scrubber sludge) should be compiled.   If possible,
example photocopies of these forms should be included in the inspection
file  so that new personnel assigned inspection responsibilities will know
what data and information are'available  on these forms.
     6.5.5.2.6  Waste charging practices.  Waste composition affects
combustion conditions due to variations  in moisture content and heating
value.  The incinerator's control system can operate only  within  a
specified range  to  control air levels and auxiliary fuel.   Therefore,  it
1s Important to  establish a proper loading rate to maintain the proper
                                   6-35

-------
 combination of  fuel,  excess-air  rate,  and temperature  for  effective
 combustion.   If waste compositions vary dramatically,  it may be necessary
 to vary the charging  rate.   When wastes are fed to the incinerator,
 different waste types should be  mixed  to achieve a more uniform moisture
 content and heating value.   Large volumes of plastic should not be charged
 all at once due to possible  high temperature damage to the refractory and
 slagging.  If infectious wastes  containing pathogens are included in the
 waste feed, it  is important  that the secondary chamber gas temperature be
 brought up to normal  operating temperatures before any infectious wastes
 are fed to the  unit.   Overloading, which often results in  incomplete
 combustion, should be avoided.   The incinerator should be  rated by the
 manufacturer for feed rates  for  the various Incinerator Institute of
 America waste classes.  Obtain the feed rate that prevails during the
 inspection and  visually identify, if possible, the waste composition and
 moisture content.  This feed  rate and  waste class can  then be compared to
 the specifications from the  incinerator manufacturer.   Batch loading units
 should be loaded as quickly  as possible, especially if the refractory is
 still warm from the previous  burn.  If a hot unit is loaded and not sealed
 properly in a short period of time, the remaining heat in  the firebrick
 may ignite the waste  while improper combustion conditions  exist in the
 unit.
     6.5.5.2.7  Evaluate combustion zone condition.  If viewports are
 installed in the combustion chambers,  the inspector should visually
 inspect the combustion zone(s).  Only  glass covered viewports should be
used.  The inspector  should not  open charging doors, ash removal doors, or
 inspection doors to view the combustion chambers since serious'injury can
result.
     During visual inspection, the observer should note:
     1.  The flame pattern;
     2.  Combustion zone condition (color); and
     3.  Ash bed condition.
     The flame should not be smoking or impinging on the refractory wall.
For starved-air units, the primary chamber should be operating at
substoichiometric conditions and consequently the combustion zone should
be quiescent (entrainment of large particles/pieces of waste to the
                                   6-36

-------
 secondary chamber should not occur)  and dark red or orange in  color.
 Complete combustion should be occurring in the secondary chamber where  the
 combustion zone should appear bright orange/yellow.   For intermittent duty
 and continuous-duty incinerators, the waste/ash bed should be  signifi-
 cantly reduced in volume (50 to 75 percent)  before another charge  is
 loaded into the incinerator.  Pathological  waste must be exposed to the
 flame; consequently,  the waste bed should not be deeply piled.
      6.5.5.2.8  Evaluate underfire air ports.  If monitors are  available
 that measure airflow  rate or air pressure,  readings should be  taken of  the
 values Indicated.  If readings are recorded  by operator personnel, obtain
 readings taken for the last 8 hours.   The inspector should review  the
 operator's log to determine the frequency of cleaning of the air ports.
      6.5.5.2.9  Evaluate overfire air ports.   Same procedure as underfire
 air ports.
      6.5.5.2.10  Evaluate incinerator draft.  - If pressure monitoring
 gauges are available,  recordings of  the static pressure should  be  taken.
 Incinerator drafts  that  are 0.0 inches of water or higher demonstrate that/
 the incinerator is  operating under a  positive pressure.   This positive
 pressure Indicates  a  severe combustion problem and a severe personnel.
 exposure problem.   Under no circumstances should the Incinerator operate
 with  positive  pressures.   Positive pressure  indicates  an  induced draft  fan
 problem  or  a gas  flow  resistance problem  either in the incinerator or in
 the  air  pollution control  system.
      6.5.5.2.11   Evaluate  primary  and  secondary gas  temperatures.  The
 primary  and  secondary  chamber  exit gas  temperatures  are usually monitored
 by  thermocouples.   These data  can  be obtained  from the main incinerator
 control  panels.  However,  in some  of the  especially  small  units, this is
 not recorded on a continuous basis.  The  gas  temperature  records (if
 records  are  kept) since  the  last  inspection should be  reviewed to identify
 any problems in maintaining  acceptable  primary  and secondary chamber gas
 temperatures.  The  auxiliary burners are  used  to maintain minimum
 temperature during periods of waste feed  interruption  or  during periods
when excessive quantities of wet or noncombustible waste  have been
charged.  The gas temperature fluctuations and  the status of the auxiliary
burner may be determined by scanning the dally operating  logs of the
                                   6-37

-------
 Incinerator,  by  scanning  available  temperature record strip charts, or by
 reviewing  operator  logs.
      Measurements should  be  taken of  exit gas temperature at the stack or
 breeching  as  close  to the exit of the secondary combustion chamber as
 practicable.  The data should be compared to any available baseline data
 as well  as to the incinerator thermocouple data to determine if a
 significant change  in temperature exists.
      The appropriate temperature in the primary chamber for effective
 burnout  and 1n the  secondary chamber  for effective combustion will vary
 with  each  Individual unit.   Baseline  unit-specific temperatures should be
 set during the Level 4 Inspection.
      6.5.5.2.12  Evaluate exit gas  oxygen level.  If available, the
 continuous oxygen analyzer data for the past year should be scanned to
 determine  if  the oxygen concentrations have remained in the.normal
 range.   The typical oxygen concentrations are generally in the range of 6
 to 12 percent.  Values lower than 6 percent generally indicate inadequate
 excess air rates and incomplete combustion of volatile compounds.  Values  -
 higher than 12 percent generally indicate severe air infiltration through
 the charging  area,  the incinerator  shell, or the ash pit.  The values
 presented  here are  typical values.  However, incinerator-specific baseline
 levels should be set during  the Level 4 inspection.  Subsequent inspec-
 tions should compare observed values  to the baseline values for the
 particular unit being inspected.  Instrument calibration and routine
 maintenance records should be reviewed.
     The exit gas oxygen  concentration should be measured when there are
 indications of combustion related emission problems and when there is no
onsite oxygen analyzer.  When an oxygen analyzer is present, measurement
of oxygen  levels by the inspector can be used to verify the accuracy of
 the onsite monitor.
     The types of instruments available include multigas combustion gas
analyzers, ORSAT analyzers,  and manual single-gas absorbers.  The oxygen
concentration should be measured at several  locations along the duct
diameter.  Stratification of the gas  stream can result in nonuniform
oxygen concentrations across the duct diameter.  Also, the measurements
should be repeated several times over a reasonable time span to account
                                   6-38

-------
 for short terra fluctuations in the oxygen levels.   This  is  especially
 important since charging can create frequent short term  oxygen
 concentration changes.   The EPA Reference Method 3 (40 CFR  Part 60
 Appendix  A)  should be used  as a guide for making oxygen  measurements.
      6.5.5.2.13  Evaluate exit gas carbon monoxide level.   Exit gas  carbon
 monoxide  level  is used  as one of the indirect indicators of the
 completeness of combustion.   Observed CO  levels  should be compared with
 baseline  levels for the unit.  Higher than normal  CO  values suggest
 significant  combustion  problems.   Plant personnel  should be asked about
 possible  corrective actions  to improve combustion. Also, the instrument
 calibration  and routine maintenance records should be briefly reviewed.
      Carbon  monoxide concentration measurements  should be made when  there
 are  indications of combustion problems and when  there is no carbon
 monoxide  analyzer installed  on the unit.   Values greater than normal
 baseline  values suggest nonideal  combustion conditions and  the emission of
 partially combusted organic  compounds.  To ensure  representative results,
 the measurements  should be made  at several  locations  in  the duct and
 should be made  several  times  over a reasonable time span.   When the
 facility'  does have a CO monitor  installed,  measurement of CO levels  by the
 Inspector can be  used to verify  the accuracy  of  the facility's monitor.
     6.5.5.2.14  Evaluate ash handling practices.   Ash handling practices
 should be observed and  noted.  The inspector  should observe manual removal
 of the ash from the incinerator  for batch  and intermittent  duty
 incinerators and  inspection of the  mechanical removal systems for
 continuous duty  incinerators.  Additionally,  the inspector  should evaluate
 the measures taken  to prevent  fugitive dust emissions including quenching
 the ash and the placement of  the  ash  in a  covered  metal  container.
 Visible emission observations  should  be performed  whenever  there are
 apparent  fugitive  emissions from  the  bottom ash  handling equipment.  Ash
 storage procedures  should be observed and  any fugitive emissions noted.
The ash should be  inspected for burnout quality.   Large  pieces of
uncombusted material indicates poor burnout.  Records should be reviewed
to determine ultimate disposal methods and procedures.
     Samples should be obtained of the ash and sent to a laboratory for
analysis of the combustible organic content and other contaminants such as
                                   6-39

-------
 pathogens and metals.   The  samples  should  be  handled carefully and
 properly marked as potentially -containing  infectious organisms.
      6.5.5.2.15  Evaluate incinerator shell corrosion.  Evaluate the
 exterior of both the primary  and  secondary chambers for signs of
 corrosion.   This can be caused by the infiltration of cold air that in
 turn  results in the absorption of highly corrosive hydrogen chloride into
 water droplets on the  metal surfaces.  The air  infiltration condition
 worsens  as  the corrosion continues.   This  can lead to "cold" zones in the
 affected chamber and thereby  contribute to increased emissions of
 partially combusted organic compounds.
      6.5.5.2.16  Evaluate incinerator shell audible air infiltration.
 This  condition leads to cold  zones within  the incinerator and increased
 emissions of partially combusted  or reacted organic compounds.  Most of
 these leaks occur in the refractory in  inaccessible locations.
      6.5.5.2.17  Evaluate audible air infiltration through charging
 area.  Air  infiltration through warped  charging doors can lead to
 localized "cold"  zones in the primary chamber.  It can also cause some    >
 undesirable particle reentrainment and  carryover  into the secondary
 chamber.  Care must be exercised  in attempting  to find audible leaks,
 since there may be moving equipment around the  charge pit and since there
 can be fugitive pollutant emissions accumulating  in the poorly ventilated
 areas  around the  primary chambers.
      6.5.5.2.18  Review charging  records.  Available charging records
 should be reviewed to  determine if the  incinerator capacity is being
 exceeded  and if proper charging procedures are  being followed.  Where
 charging  records  are not available, observation of the charging procedures
 over  an  extended  period  of time (1 to 2 days) may be warranted.
      6.5.5.2.19  Evaluate startup and shutdown  procedures.  If the
 facility  has frequent  startups, the startup and shutdown procedures should
 be evaluated.   All  batch  type and intermittent duty incinerators fall into
 this category.  The emphasis  should be  on  techniques used to maintain
minimum  furnace exit gas  temperatures and  on  the criteria for beginning
waste charging  to  the  unit.   Stack gas  opacity  should be observed to
determine the  duration of nonideal combustion conditions after waste
charging  has begun.  If  a problem is  evident, continuous measurement of  CO
                                   6-40

-------
 and  02  levels  in  the  combustion  gas may be warranted.  Detailed startup
 and  shutdown procedures  for different types of incinerators are provided
 in Section 7.4.
 6.6   INSPECTION OF AIR POLLUTION CONTROLS15
 6.6.1   Inspection of  Wet Scrubbers
     6.6.1.1   Wet Scrubber  Inspection Overview.
     6.6.1.1.1 Stack.
     1.  Average  opacity of the  residual plume is observed since this
 provides an Indication of particulate matter penetration and vapor
 condensation in the scrubber.
     2.  Short-term variations in residual opacity are an indication of
 variations in  combustion conditions.
     3.  Obvious  mist reentrainment is a clear indication of demister
 failure.
     6.6.1.1.2  Induced  draft fan.
     1.  Inspectors must be aware of severely vibrating fans downstream
 from wet scrubbers.  The Inspection is terminated immediately when this isy
 noticed.
     6.6.1.1.3  Scrubber.
      1.  Static pressure drop across the scrubber is used as an indirect
 indicator of the particulate removal effectiveness.  The present value is
 compared with baseline values to determine if there has been a significant
 decrease.
      2.  Scrubber static pressure drop records for the time since the last
 inspection are reviewed  to  identify any operating periods with low
 pressure drops.
      3.  Scrubber vessel general physical condition is observed during the
walkthrough inspection to identify any obvious physical conditions which
could threaten the compliance status of the unit in the immediate future.
      4.  Redrculatlon  liquor turbidity rates are observed using a small
sample provided by plant personnel.   High turbidities indicate greater
chance of nozzle pluggage,  nozzle erosion, and pipe scaling.
      5.  Presaturator/gas  cooler liquor turbidity is observed using a small
sample provided by plant personnel.   Moderate turbidities indicate the
potential  for  severe particle generation due to evaporation of the solids-
containing  droplets.

                                   6-41

-------
       6.   Redrculation  liquor  pH  provides  an  indirect indication of the
 scrubber  vessel's  capacity  to absorb  acid gases.  This is also important
 with respect  to  corrosion of the scrubber vessel, the recirculation tank,
 and  the piping.
       7.   Scrubber vessel liquor header pressure is used as an indirect
 indicator of  the condition  of internal nozzles which cannot be seen during
 the  inspection.  Higher  than baseline values may indicate pluggage.
       8.   Demlster pressure drop is a direct indicator of partial pluggage
 and  reduced droplet collection  efficiency.  The present value should be
 compared  with baseline values.
       9.   Scrubber outlet gas temperature is an indicator of the adequacy of
 the  gas-liquor distribution within the scrubber vessel.  Values above
 adiabatic  saturation suggest severe gas-liquor maldistribution.
      10.   Induced  draft  fan"motor currents  provide an indirect indicator of
 gas  flow  rates through the  scrubber.
      11.  Audible  air infiltration sites are noted since this contributes to
 scrubber vessel  corrosion.                                                j
     6.6.1.2  Level 4 wet scrubber inspection.  The Level 4 wet scrubber
 inspection 1s a  comprehensive inspection that includes all of the elements
 of Inspection Levels 1, 2, and  3.  Table 6-5 provides a matrix of the
 types of Inspection activities  included 1n each inspection level for air
 pollution control devices including wet scrubbers.   The following
 paragraphs describe the Level  4 wet scrubber inspection activities in
detail while the matrix points out differences between the different
 levels.
     6.6.1.2.1   Prepare a system flowchart.   A wet  scrubber system flowchart
should consist of a simple block diagram which includes the following
elements:
     1.  Source or sources of  emissions controlled  by a single wet
scrubber system;
     2.  Location(s) of any fans used for gas movement through the system
(used to evaluate inhalation hazards due to  positive static pressures);
     3.  Locations of any main stacks and bypass stacks;
     4.  Location of wet  scrubber;  and
                                   6-42

-------
   TABLE 6-5.   MATRIX OF  AIR  POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICE  INSPECTION  ACTIVITIES
                    ASSOCIATED WITH  INSPECTION  LEVELS  1,  2,  3,  AND  4
Inspection activ1ty/»quioaent Level 4
wet
I.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.





7.
a.


9.




10.



11.




12.

13.
14.







IS.


16.

scrubbers
Evaluate wet scrubber visible Missions
Prepare syftea f lowcnart
Identify potential safety probleas
Evaluate locations for neasureaent ports
Modify standard inspection checklists
Inspect for drool it reentratnaent
*. Quell for ralnout of drool tts adjacent
to the stack
b. Check for •olsture/stalnt on adjacent
support coluans/tams/stacks
c. Mad Hp at stack discharge
Evaluate liquor inlet prtssurt
tnducad-draft fan
a. CkKk fan for vibration
b. Chock fan aetor current
Scrubber liquor pM
4. Review routine pM eeter calibration records
b. If aeter properly calibrated, observe
previous •onths' data
c. Measure scrubber outlet liquor on*
Scrubber Hquor flow rate
4. Record liquor flow rate fro* available nonitor
b. Record ouoe discharge pressure from qauqe
c. Record nozzle header pressure from qauqe
Scrubber static pressure drop
a. Record scrubber static pressure readlnqs
froa available nonuor
b. Measure scrubber static pressure drop
fro* available nonltor
Record dealster static pressure drop froa
available Monitor
Measure outlet qas teaoerature
Evaluate general physical condition of:
a. Met scrubber systea
b. Packed bedi
c. Venturl throat daaeers
d. Transalssoaeter
e. Sulfur dloilde «on(tor
f. Rltroqen oaldes aonitor
q. Hydrogen chloride eonitor
Observe turbidity of:
a. Scrubber Inlet Hquor
b. Preiaturator/cooler liquor
Review opacity. SO . NO . HC1 wnitors'
ealsslon data ' '

1
X
I
•
*

•

X

«
<

X
X

Jf
1

•

I
X
X

X

X

X

X
*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X

Followuo Basic
Level 3 Lev*) Z Levt) Z

XXX

xxx



XXX

XI*

xxx
XXX

xxx
X X

X C
« X

«

XXI
xxx
« X X

« X X

X

X X

X

X X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X

X X
X
4 X

lev«1 I Text referenct

i 6.6. 1. 1. 1.
6. 6. L. 2.1
x 6.3.2
6.3.3
6.3.9
6.6.1.2.6





6.6.1.2.3
6.6.1.2.5


6.6.1.2.11




6.6.1.2.12



6.6.1.2.7




6.6.1.2.14
•*
6.6.1.2.16
6. 1.2. IS












Ory scrubbers

 I.   Evaluate dry scrubber visible Missions
 2.   Pieueie systea flowchart
 3.   Identify potential safety problem
 4.   Evaluate locations for aeasureaent ports
 S.   Modify standard Inspection checklists
 6.   Note condensing pluae conditions
 7.   Record feed rates for the follovlnq systeas
       froa available aonitors
     a.  Spray dryer absorber (caldua hydroxide)
     b.  Ory Injection (caliua hydroxide)
     c.  S«a1«et/dry (calctua siHcate/calciua
          hydroxide)
 3.   Evaluate general physical condition of:
     a.  Ory scrubber
     b.  Transaissoaeter
     c.  Sulfur dioxide aonitor
     d.  Nitrogen oxides aonitor
     e.  Hydrogen chloride aonitor
 9.   Record solids recycle rate on seaiwec/dry
       systeas
10.   Record spray dryer absorber systea nozzle air
       and slurry pressures
6.6.2.1.1
6.6.2.2.1
6.3.2
S.J.3
6.3.9
6.6.2.2.6
6.6.2.2.8. 10. 11
6.6.2.2.13
6.6.2.2.2

6.6.2.2.9
                                                                                                    (continued)
                                                        6-43

-------
                                           TABLE  6-5.    (continued)
 Inspection  activity/equipment
level 4   Level  3
                                                                      FollowiP
                                                                      Level 2
 Basic
Level  2
                                                                                                Level 1  Text reference
 Dry  scrubbers  (continued)

 11.   Met and  dry bulb temperatures
      a.  Record vet *nd dry bulb temperatures  fro*
            available monitors
      b.  Measure wet wd dry bulb temperatures
 12.   Review the previous 12 «onthV  data  for the
        rollowing:
      a.  Opacity
      b.  Spray dryer absorber appreecn-to-saturatlon
            (wet/dry bulb temperatures)
      c.  Spray dryer absorber reament feed rate
      6.  Slaker slurry outlet tirnun ature
      e.  Spray dryer absorber slurry flow rate and
            density monitor maintenance  records
      f.  Spray dryer absorber inlet  gas tenoerature
      9.  Dry  injection systM feee) rate
      h.  Semiwet/dry calcium silicate/cilclu*.
            hydroxide feed rate
 U.   *ea«ur« tpray dryer aosorber/dry Injection
        system inlet temperature
 U.   Review opacity. SO., NO . and XI
        monitors'  emission data

 Fabric filters
 1.
 2.
 3.
 4.
 S.
 6.
 ;.
 a.
 9.
10.
U.
12.
13.
U.
15.
16.
U.
18.
19.
      b.
      c.
      d.
      e.
Evaluate fabric filter visible emissions
Prepare system flowchart
Prepare compressed-air system flownart
Evaluate locations for measurement ports
Identify potential safety prMlems
Modify standard inspection checklist
Evaluate startup/shutdown procedures
Evaluate puffing conditions
Evaluate condensing, plume conditions
Evaluate physical condition of:
a.  Fabric filter
    Transmissometer
    Sulfur dlonlde monitor
    Nitrogen ondes monitor
    Kydroqen cnloHde monitor
Evaluate fabric filter clean-side conditions
Evaluate compressed-air cleaning system
Confirm operation of cleaning equipment controllers
Evaluate fabric performance
a.  Perform faerie rip test
b.  Evaluate bao, failure records
Evaluate baa, cages
Static pressure drop
a.  Record static pressure drop  from  available
      monitor
b.  Measure static pressure drop
Gas temperatures
a.  Record fnlet and outlet gas  temperatures from
      available monitors
b.  Review fabric filter temperature  records
c.  Measure Inlet and outlet gas temperatures
Measure inlet/outlet onyqen levels
Review opacity, SO , "0  and HC1 monitor's
  data            z    *
                                                  6.6.2.2.7
                                                  6.6.2.2.16

                                                  5.6.2.1.2
                                                  6.6.3.1.1.  2
                                                  6.6.3.2.1
                                                  6.6.3.2.2
                                                  6.3.3
                                                  6.3.2
                                                  6.3.9
                                                  6.6.3.2.4
                                                  6.6.3.2.7
                                                  6.6.3.2.8
                                                  6.6.3.2.10
                                                  6.6.3.2.1
                                                  6.6.3.2.12
                                                  6.6.3.2. IS

                                                  6.6.3.2.18
                                                  6.6.3.2.9
                                                  6.6.3.2.14,  IS
                                                                                                         6.6.3.2.19
                                                              6-44

-------
      5.  Locations of major instruments (pH meters,  static pressure
 gauges, thermocouples, liquor flow meters).
      6.6.1.2.2  Identify potential safety problems.   The  identification of
 potential  safety problems is addressed in Section  6.3.2.
      6.6.1.2.3  Evaluate locations for measurement ports.   The  evaluation of
 locations  for measurement ports  is discussed in  Section 6.3.3.
      6.6.1.2.4  Evaluate the wet scrubber visible  emissions.  The  evaluation
 of visible emissions  1s discussed in  Section 6.3.4.
      6.6.1.2.5  Observe induced-draft fan vibration.   If  the  fan downstream
 of
 the scrubber  vessel 1s vibrating severely,  the inspection  should be
 terminated at once and responsible plant  personnel should  be  advised  of
 the condition.   Fans  can disintegrate due to fan wheel corrosion,  fan
 wheel  solids  buildup,  bearing failure,  and  operation  in an unstable
 aerodynamic range.  All  of  these are  possible downstream of the wet
 scrubber.   Shrapnel from the disintegrating fan can cause  fatal injuries.
      6.6.1.2.6   Evaluate droplet reentrainment.  Droplet reentrainment    j
 Indicates  a significant  demlster problem  which can create  a local  nuisance
 and which  can affect  stack  sampling results.  The presence of droplet
 reentrainment is  Indicated  by the  conditions  listed below:
      1.  Obvious  ralnout  of  droplets  in the immediate vicinity  of  the
 stack;
      2.  Moisture  and  stains  on  adjacent  support columns,  tanks, and
 stacks; and
      3.  Mud  lip around  the  stack  discharge.
      6.6.1.2.7  Measure  the wet  scrubber  static pressure drop.  The static
 pressure drop is directly related  to  the  effectiveness of  particle
 impaction for particle capture.  Generally, the particulate removal
 efficiency  increases as the static pressure drop increases.  The steps in
measuring the static pressure drop are described below.
     1.  Locate safe and convenient measurement ports.  In  some cases it
may be possible to temporarily disconnect the onsite gauge  in order to use
the portable static pressure gauge.   It also may be possible to find  small
ports 1n the ductwork  ahead of and after the scrubber vessel.
     2.  Clean any deposits out of the measurement ports.
                                   6-45

-------
     3.   If the Inlet and outlet ports are close together, connect both
 sides of  the static pressure gauge to the ports and observe the static
 pressure  for a period of 1 to 5 minutes.
     4.   If the ports are not close together, measure the static pressure
 in one port for 10 to 30 seconds and then proceed to the other port for 10
 to 30 seconds.  As long as the static pressure drop is reasonably stable
 (the typical condition) then the two values can be subtracted to determine
 the static pressure drop.
     5.  Under no circumstances should onsite instruments be disconnected
 without the explicit approval of responsible plant personnel.  Also,
 instruments connected to differential pressure transducers should not be
 disconnected.
     If a portable pressure gauge is unavailable, the wet scrubber static
 pressure drop should be recorded if the onsite gauge appears to be working
 properly.  The following items should be checked to confirm the adequacy
 of the onsite gauge.
     1.  The gauge "face" should be clear of obvious water and deposits;  >
 and
     2.  The lines leading to the inlet and outlet of the scrubber appear
 to be intact.
     If there is any question concerning the gauge, ask plant personnel to
 disconnect each line one at a time to see if the gauge responds.  If it
 does not move when a line is disconnected, the line may be plugged or the
 gauge is inoperable.  Note:  the lines should only be disconnected by
 plant personnel and only when this will not affect plant operations.
     Wet scrubber systems operate with a wide range of static pressure
drops as indicated in the list below.
     Packed bed—2 to 6 in. w.c.
     Venturi—10 to 40 in.  w.c.
     It should also be rioted that there is a wide range of required static
pressure drops for identical  wet scrubbers operating on similar industrial
processes due to the differences in particle size distributions.  For
these reasons, it is preferable to compare the present readings with the
baseline values for this specific source.
                                   6-46

-------
      Increased static pressure drops generally indicate  the  following
 possible condition(s).
      1.   Packed-bed scrubbers
          •   High gas flow rates
          •   Partial bed  pluggage
      2.   Venturi scrubbers
          •   High gas flow rate
          •   High liquor  flow rates
          •   Constricted  venturi  throats
          •   Mlsadjustment of variable throat  activator
      Decreased static pressure drops generally indicate  the  following
 possible condition(s).
      1.   Packed-bed scrubbers
          •   Low gas flow rates
          •   Bed collapse
      2.   Venturi  scrubbers
          •   Low gas flow rate
          •   Low liquor flow rates
          •   Eroded  venturi dampers
          •   Increased venturi  throat  openings
          •   Mlsadjustment of variable throat activator
      6.6.1.2.8   Evaluate  the liquor  inlet pressure.  The pressure of  the
 header which supplies the scrubber spray nozzle can provide  an indirect
 indication of the liquor flow  rate and the nozzle condition.  When the
 present value  is  lower than the baseline value(s) the liquor flow rate has
 increased and there  is a possibility  of nozzle orifice erosion.
 Conversely,  if  the present value is higher than the baseline value(s) the
 liquor flow rate has decreased and nozzle and/or header pluggage is
possible.
     Unfortunately, these pressure gauges are very vulnerable to error due
to sol Ids deposits and corrosion.  It is difficult to confirm that these
are working properly.  For these reasons, other indicators of low liquor
flow such as the pump discharge pressure and the outlet gas temperature
should be checked whenever low header or pipe pressures are observed.
                                   6-47

-------
      6.6.1.2.9   Evaluate  the wet  scrubber  system general physical
 conditions.  While walking around the wet  scrubber system and  its inlet
 and outlet ductwork,  check for  obvious corrosion and erosion.   If any
 material  damage  is evident, check for fugitive emissions (positive
 pressure  systems) or  air  infiltration (negative pressure systems).  Avoid
 inhalation hazards and walking  hazards while checking the scrubber system
 general physical condition.  Prepare a sketch showing the locations of the
 corrosion and/or erosion  damage.   In addition to corrosion and  erosion,
 inspectors should also check for  any of the conditions listed  below.
      1.   Cracked or worn  ductwork expansion joints;
      2.   Obviously sagging piping; and
      3.   Pipes which  cannot be  drained and/or flushed.
      6.6.1.2.10  Evaluate the liquor turbidity.  Ask a responsible and
 experienced plant representative  to obtain a sample of the liquor entering
 the scrubber vessel.  This can  usually be obtained at a sample  tap
 downstream from the main  recirculation pump.  The agency inspector should
 provide a clear sample bottle.  Observe the turbidity of the liquor for a^
 few seconds immediately after the sample is taken.  The turbidity should
 be  qualitatively evaluated as clear, very  light, light, -moderate, heavy,
 or  very heavy.
      On some hospital incinerators, the inlet gas temperature may be
 reduced prior to entry to the scrubber.  This may be done by means of a
 presaturator immediately  upstream of the scrubber vessel.  There is the
 potential for small particle formation as the droplets containing solids
 evaporate to dryness.  The turbidity of the liquor used in the
 presaturator should be very low to avoid this condition.
      6.6.1.2.11  Measure  the scrubber outlet Hquor pH.  Prior  to
 obtaining a liquor sample, warm up the portable pH meter and check it
 using at least two different fresh buffer solutions which bracket the
 normal liquor pH range.  Then request a responsible and experienced plant
 representative to obtain  a sample of the scrubber outlet liquor.  Measure
 the  liquor pH as soon as  possible after obtaining the sample so that the
 value does not change due to dissolution of alkaline material or due to
ongoing reactions.  Compare this  to the baseline value(s).
                                   6-43

-------
      If the Inspector does not  have  a  portable  pH  meter, the pH may be
 checked by using the following  steps.   Locate the  onsite pH meter(s).
 Permanently mounted units are generally In the  recirculation tank or  in
 the liquor outlet lines from the  scrubber vessel.   Confirm that the
 Instrument is working properly  by reviewing  the routine calibration
 records.   In some cases, it is  possible to watch plant personnel calibrate
 these  Instruments during the inspection.
      If the pH meter(s) appears to be  working properly, review the pH data
 for at least the previous month.   In units with Instruments on the outlet
 and the Inlet, the outlet values  are often 0.5  to  2.0 pH units lower due
 to  the adsorption of carbon dioxide, sulfur  dioxide, hydrogen chloride,
 and other  add gases.   Generally,  all  of the pH measurements should be
 within the range from 5.5 to 10.0.  Furthermore, any significant shifts in
 the pH values from baseline conditions  can indicate acid gas removal
 problems and corrosion problems.
     Corrosion can be  severe in most systems when  the pH levels are less
 than 5.5.   Also,  high  chloride concentrations accelerate corrosion at low y
 pH  levels.   Precipitation of calcium and magnesium compounds at pH levels
 above  10 can lead to severe scaling and gas-liquor maldistribution.
     6.6.1.2.12   Evaluate the scrubber  liquor recirculation rate.  One
 frequent cause of scrubber emission problems is  inadequate liquor
 recirculation  rate.  Unfortunately, many commercial types of liquor flow
 monitors are subject to  frequent maintenance problems and many small
 systems do  not have  any  liquor flow meters at all.  For these reasons, a
 combination  of factors  are  considered to determine  if the scrubber liquor
 recirculation rate  is much  less than the baseline  level(s).  These factors
 include the  following:
     1.  Liquor flow meter  (if available, and 1f it appears to be working
properly);
     2.  Pump discharge pressure (higher values  indicate lower flow);
     3.  Pump motor current (lower values indicate  lower flow);
     4.  Nozzle header pressure (higher values  indicate lower flow);
     5.  Scrubber exit gas temperature (higher values indicate lower
flow); and
                                   6-49

-------
      6.  Quantity of liquor draining  back  into  recirculation tank or pond
 (lower flow rates indicate lower recirculation  rates).
      6.6.1.2.13   Evaluate fan motor currents.   Changes  in gas flow rate
 occur routinely  in most  incinerators  due to variations  in charging rates
 and  waste heating values.   Information  concerning gas flow rate changes is
 necessary when evaluating changes in  the scrubber static pressure drop.
      Check the scrubber  system fan motor current.  Correct the fan motor
 current to standard conditions using  the equation below.
         Corrected current = [actual current]x[(gas temp.+460)/520|
      An Increase  in the  fan motor current  indicates an  increase in the gas
 flow rate.
      6.6.1.2.14   Evaluate  demlster conditions.  The static pressure drop
 across  the demister should be noted and compared with the baseline
 values.   An increase in  the pressure  drop  normally is due to deposits
 which partially plug the demister vanes.   The static pressure drops of
 clean demisters are usually in the range of 1 to 2 inches of water.
      6.6.1.2.15   Evaluate  physical  condition of scrubber packed beds and  ,
 venturi  throat dampers.   This  inspection step can be performed only when
 the  scrubber system is out-of-service.  Locate a hatch  on the scrubber
 vessel  shell which  is either  above or below the internal component of
 interest.   Look for the  problem  listed below.
      1.   Packed-bed  scrubbers
          •  Corroded or  collapsed  bed supports
          •  Plugged  or eroded  liquor distribution nozzles
     2.   Venturi   scrubbers
          •  Eroded  throat  dampers
          •  Restricted throat  damper movement due to solids deposits
     Note:  Safety  conditions  sometime preclude observations of internal
conditions.  Respirators and other  personal protection  equipment should be
used even  1f the  scrubber  vessel  has been purged out prior to the
observations.
     6.6.1.2.16  Measure the outlet gas temperatures.   This measurement is
conducted whenever  it is necessary  to determine if poor liquor-gas
distribution and/or  inadequate liquor flow rate is seriously reducing
partlculate collection efficiency.  The.steps in measuring the gas
temperature are outlined below.

                                    6-50

-------
      1.  Locate safe and convenient measurement ports on the outlet
 portion of the scrubber vessel shell or on the outlet ductwork of the
 system.  Often small ports of H to % 1n. diameter are adequate.
      2.  Attach a grounding/bonding cable to the probe if vapor,  gas,
 and/or partlculate levels are potentially explosive.
      3.  Seal  the temperature probe in the port to avoid any air
 infiltration which would result 1n a low reading.
      4.  Measure the gas temperature at a position near the middle of the
 duct 1f possible.  Conduct the measurement for several minutes to ensure a
 representative reading.   Some fluctuation 1n the readings is possible if
 the probe is occasionally hit by a liquor droplet.
      5.  Compare the outlet gas temperature with the  baseline value(s).
 If the  present value is  more than 10°F higher,  then either gas-liquor
 maldistribution or inadequate liquor is possible.
 6.6.2  Inspection of Dry Scrubbers
      6.6.2.1  Dry Scrubber Inspection Overview.
      6.6.2.1.1   Stack.                                                     >
      1.   Evaluate average opacities  and puffing  conditions as direct
 indications  of  partlculate device operating problems.
      2.   The presence of a secondary  plume 1s a  direct Indication of  severe
 combustion problems  or dry scrubber problems.
      6.6.2.1.2   Continuous emission monitors.
      Evaluate frequency  and severity  of excess emissions  of  parti.culate
 matter, hydrogen  chloride,  sulfur  dioxide,  and nitrogen oxides  from
 monitor records.
      6.5.2.1.3  Dry  scrubber  vessel.
      1.  Evaluate operating conditions  which are indirectly  related to the
 acid gas removal efficiency.  Most important of these  is  the  outlet dry
 bulb and wet bulb temperatures.  Compare the present operating  levels with
 baseline values.
     2.  Evaluate inlet gas temperatures at present and variations of this
 value since the last inspection.  Low inlet temperatures could  lead to
 sol Ids buildup  problems in spray dryer  type system.
     3.  Determine if sol Ids recycle from the absorber vessel and/or the
partlculate control device is being used.
                                   6-51

-------
      4.   Review records to  evaluate frequency and  severity of deviations
 from normal  operating conditions.
      5.   Evaluate corrosion problems which  could lead  to  future excess
 emission problems.
      6.6.2.1.4  Alkaline reagent preparation.
      1.   Review maintenance records to  evaluate efforts to maintain slurry
 feed and density instruments.
      2.   Evaluate slaker (1f present) liquor  outlet temperature as an
 indirect Indication  of  the  adequacy of  calcium hydroxide  slurry
 preparation.
      3.   Evaluate procedures used  to adjust dry scrubber  operation to
 various  Incinerator  loads and  Inlet pollutant  concentrations.
      6.6.2.2   Level  4 Dry Scrubber Inspection.  The Level 4 dry scrubber
 inspection is  a comprehensive  inspection  that  includes all of the elements
 of  inspection  Levels  1,  2,  and 3.   Table  6-5  provides  a matrix of the
 types of inspection  activities included in  each inspection level for air —
 pollution control  devices including dry scrubbers.  The following         j
 paragraphs describe  the  inspection activities  in detail and the matrix
 points out differences between the different  levels.
     6.6.2.2.1   Dry  scrubber and process  system flowchart.  A dry scrubber
 system flowchart should  consist of a simple block diagram that includes
 the following elements.
     1.  Source(s) of emissions controlled  by  the system;
     2.  Locatlon(s) of  any  fans and blowers used for gas movement and
 solids conveying;
     3.  Locations of any main stacks and bypass stacks;
     4.  Alkali  preparation equipment, adsorber vessel or contactor,
 part1culate control device, and recycle streams; and
     5.  Locations of major process  instruments and gas stream continuous
monitors.
     6.6.2.2.2   Identify potential   safety problems.  The identification of
potential safety problems is addressed in Section 6.3.2.
     6.6.2.2.3   Evaluate locations  for measurement ports.  Evaluation of
 locations for measurement ports is discussed in Section 6.3.3.
                                   6-52

-------
      6.6.2.2.4  Startup and shutdown procedures.   The  startup  and  shutdown
 procedures used at the plant should  be  discussed  to  confirm  the  following.
      1.   The plant has taken reasonable precautions  to minimize  the  number
 of startup/shutdown cycles.
      2.   The dry scrubber is started up in  a reasonable  time after startup
 of the process equipment.   Inspectors should remember  that starting  the
 atomizer (1n spray dryer type systems)  when the  inlet  gas temperatures are
 low can  lead to absorber vessel  deposits.
      6.6.2.2.5  Dry scrubber system  visible emissions.   The  evaluation of
 visible  emissilons is  discussed  in Section  6.3.4.
      6.6.2.2.6  Condensing  plume conditions.   Condensing plume conditions
 in dry scrubber systems are unusual  since most vapor state species which
 could  cause  such plumes are partially removed.  The  presence of  a
 condensing plume would indicate  a major malfunction  of the dry scrubber
 system.
     The principal  characteristics of a condensing plume include a bluish-
 white  color,  opacities which  are higher when  the weather is  cold or  very  ;
 humid, a low  opacity at the stack discharge,  and  increasing  opacities in
 the  first few seconds  of plume travel.
     6.6.2.2.7   Spray  dryer absorber  approach-to-saturation.   One  of the
 most important  operating parameters affecting  the efficiency of  a  wet-dry
 type dry  scrubber  is the approach-to-saturation.  This is simply the
 difference between  the  wet  bulb  and dry  bulb  temperatures measured at the
 exit of  the spray dryer vessel.  The  normal approach-to-saturation varies
 between 90" and  180°F.  The approach-to-saturation is monitored
 continuously  by  a set of dry  bulb and wet bulb temperature monitors.  A
 change in this value is sensed by the automatic control  system which
 either increases or decreases the slurry feed rate to the atomizer.
     If there is significant  question concerning the ability of  the dry
 scrubber system to maintain proper operation on a long-term basis, the
approach-to-saturation values indicated  on the dry scrubber system daily
operating log sheets should be checked.   Values much higher than baseline
values or permit stipulations indicate chronic problems such as:
     1.  Fouled absorber vessel temperature instruments;
     2.  Corrosion/scaling of absorber vessel atomizer;
                                   6-53

-------
      3.   Corrosion/scaling of absorber  gas  dispersion  equipment;
      4.   Low absorber vessel  inlet  gas  temperatures during  low  load
 periods;
      5.   Nozzle  erosion or blockage;  and
      6.   Slurry  supply line scaling.
      Due  to  the  vulnerability of  the  temperature monitors to  scaling and
 blinding,  Inspectors  may find that  some plants  must occasionally  bypass
 the automatic process control  system  and operate manually for limited  time
 periods.  Manual operation generally  means  slightly worse approach-to-
 saturation values  so  that operators have a  margin  for  error when  sudden
 process changes  occur such as load changes.  Gradually plants should be
 able to increase the  reliability  of the temperature monitors  by relocation
 of  the sensors and  by Improved operation of the dryer.
      Spray dryer absorber vessel  dry  bulb and wet  bulb outlet gas
 temperature measurements  are  taken  if there is  a significant  question
 concerning—the adequacy of the onsite gauges and if there are safe and
 convenient measurement ports  between  the absorber  vessel and  the          >
 particulate control device.   The  measurements should be made  at several
 locations in the duct to  ensure that  the values observed are
 representative of actual  conditions.  The values should be  averaged and
 compared with the value indicated by  the onsite instruments (if
 operational) and with baseline data sets.   It should be noted that it  is
 rarely necessary to make  this measurement since the onsite  gauges are  a
 critical part of the  overall  process control system for the dry scrubber
 system.  Failure to maintain  these instruments  drastically  increases the
 potential  for absorber vessel  wall deposits and increased emissions.
 These temperature monitors  are normally very well  maintained.
     6.6.2.2.3  Spray dryer absorber reagent feed  rates.  The calcium
 hydroxide (or other alkali) feed rates  are  important since  they partially
determine the stolchiometric ratio between the  moles of reagent and the
moles of acid gas.  Low stoichiometric  ratios result in reduced collection
efficiencies.  Higher than  needed stoichiometric ratios use excessive
reagent and may result  in  poor drying of the sorbent.
     The reagent feed  rate  is  generally determined using a  magnetic flow
meter on the slurry supply  line to the  atomizer feed tank.  The slurry
                                   6-54

-------
 density, another important operating parameter,  Is  monitored by a nuclear-
 type density monitor.   Typical  slurry densities  are in  the range of 5  to
 20 percent by weight.   It should be noted that both the magnetic flow
 meter and the nuclear  density meter are vulnerable  to scaling due to the
 nature of the slurry.
      Another way to determine the reagent feed rate is  to  record the feed
 rates of new pebble lime and recycled solids  indicated  by  the weigh belt
 feeders.  The weigh belt for the pebble lime  is  between the lime storage
 silo and the slaker.   The weigh belt feeder for  the recycled solids is
 close to the spray  dryer absorber vessel.
      The feed rates of makeup pebble lime and recycle sol Ids are generally
 indicated on the daily operating logs of the dry scrubber  system.  Values
 for the last 12  months should be compared with the  corresponding
 combustion load  data to determine if significant changes in the overall
 reagent stoichiometric ratios have occurred.  Data  concerning the system
 load must be obtained  from the  combustion system daily  operating log
 sheets.   If  available,  dry scrubber system inlet sulfur dioxide
 concentrations also should be used in this qualitative  evaluation of
 reagent/add gas stoichiometrlc ratios.
      6.6.2.2.9  Spray  dryer absorber nozzle air  and slurry pressures.  For
 units equipped with nozzles rather than  rotary atomizers,  the air
 pressures and  slurry pressures  should be recorded and compared  with
 baseline levels.  Some  variation in the  slurry pressures are necessary in
 order to maintain proper  approach-to-saturation  values  during combustion
 system load  variations.
      6.6.2.2.10  Dry injection  system feed rates.   The  long-term
 performance  of the calcium hydroxide supply system  should  be checked if
 the  emissions data indicates occasional  emission excursions.   The feed
 rate  of  calcium  hydroxide  to the  pressurized pneumatic  system is  generally
 monitored by either a weigh belt  feeder  or a volumetric  screw-type
 feeder.  Both of these feeders  are  located close to the calcium hydroxide
 storage  silos, and the feed rates  are  generally  indicated  on  the  main
 system control panel.  The  feed  rate  data for the previous  12 months
 provided by the weigh belt  feeder  or  the volumetric screw  feeder  should be
compared against the combustion system loads and  against the  inlet  acid
                                   6-55

-------
 gas concentration monitors (when available).   The  automatic control  system
 should be able to vary calcium hydroxide  (or  other alkali) addition  rates
 with load variations  and  inlet gas acid gas concentrations.  Decreased
 reagent feed  rates indicate possible  reductions  in the  stoichiometric
 ratio and thereby a reduction  in acid gas collection effectiveness.  The
 blower motor  currents  and the  pneumatic line  static pressures also should
 be  recorded and checked against baseline data sets.  Higher motor currents
 and higher conveying  line static pressures indicate increases in the
 airflow rates.
      6.6.2.2.11  Calcium  silicate feed rates.  The Research Cottrell
 semiwet/dry system utilizes a  calcium silicate/calcium  hydroxide dry
 Injection system  downstream from the  calcium  hydroxide  spray dryer
 absorber.  The  feed rate  of calcium silicate/calcium hydroxide  is
 monitored by  weigh belt feeders or volumetric screw conveyors.  The
 variability and reliability of the calcium silicate/ calcium hydroxide dry
 injection system  in Research-Cottrell  systems  should be evaluated by
 reviewing  the dally system operating  logs.  Some loss in acid gas         >
 collection efficiency  could occur if  feed rates were low.
      6.6.2-.2.12   Control  device solids recycle rates.  The Teller
 semiwet/dry system utilizes a-recycle  stream  from  the fabric filter  in
 order to  improve  overall  reagent utilization.  The sol Ids recycle rate
 during  the inspection  should be recorded and  compared to baseline values.
      The recycle  rates  used  in the  Research-Cottrell semiwet/dry type
 systems have  some  impact  on  the overall acid  gas collection efficiency.
 Low recycle rates  indicate  slightly reduced acid gas collection
 efficiency.
      6.6.2.2.13  Dry scrubber  system general   physical conditions.  While
walking around  the  dry  scrubber and its inlet and  outlet ductwork, check
 for obvious corrosion  around the  potential cold spots such as the bottom
of the absorber vessel  and  the  part1culate control device hoppers and
around the access  hatches.  Check  for audible air  infiltration through the
corroded areas, warped  access  hatches, and eroded  solids discharge valves.
     6.6.2.2.14  Slaker slurry  outlet temperatures during past
12 months.  The slaker  slurry  outlet temperature provides a rough
indication of the adequacy of  the conversion from  lime (calcium oxide) to
                                   6-56

-------
 calcium hydroxide.  The temperatures  should  be  compared  to baseline
 values.  Improper slaking can  result  in  poor reagent  reactivity and
 reduced acid gas collection  efficiency.
      6.6.2.2.15  Spray dryer absorber slurry flow  rate and density monitor
 maintenance records.   The calcium  hydroxide  slurry monitors generally
 consist of a magnetic flow meter and  a nuclear  density meter.  Both of
 these are sensitive to scaling especially when  slurry densities are
 high.  The plant should have maintenance records for  the monitors either
 1n the form of completed work  orders,  a  computerized  maintenance record,
 an Instrument maintenance log,  or  notes  on the  daily  dry scrubbing
 operations log.   The  records should be reviewed for the  previous 12 months
 whenever there is concern that there  are periods of low  slurry supply to
 the atomizer.
      6.6.2.2.16  Dry  scrubber  inlet gas  temperatures.  Dry scrubbing
 systems have a limited turndown capability due  to  the need for complete
 drying of the atomized slurry.  Low gas  inlet temperatures during periods
 of low combustion system load  can  cause  poor drying of the droplets.  The >
 process control  system is  generally designed to block atomizer operation
 once inlet temperature drops below a preset  value.  The  inlet gas
 temperature data should  be reviewed to confirm  that the  controller is
 working properly,  since  operation  under  these conditions could lead to
 absorber vessel  deposits  and nonideal operation once  loads increase.  The
 inlet temperature  data may be  available  on the  dry scrubber system daily
 operating  logs,  the archived continuous  strip charts, or on the
 computerized  data  acquisition file.
      When  the onsite gauge is not  available,  is malfunctioning, or is in a
 potentially  nonrepresentative  location,  the  spray dryer  absorber vessel or
 dry  injection system inlet gas temperature should be measured with a
 portable thermocouple  and monitor.   For  spray dryers, the measurement
 should  be  taken  in the main duct leading to  the atomizer or in one or more
of the ducts  that  lead to the gas dispersion  system within the vessel.
 For dry  injection  systems, the measurement should be taken upstream of the
gas stream/reagent mixing point (such as the  venturi contactor).  The
measurements  should be taken at several  locations in the duct and
averaged.  Locations near air infiltration sites should be avoided.
                                   6-57

-------
6.6.3   Inspection of Fabric Filters
     6.6.3.1  Fabric Filter Inspection Overview.
     6.6.3.1.1  Stack.
     1.  Observe the average opacity and puffing conditions as a direct
indication of fabric filter performance.
     2.  Observe any secondary plume conditions since these indicate a
serious combustion problem and/or dry scrubbing problem.
     6.6.3.1.2  Transmissometer.
     1.  Evaluate transraissometer physical condition prior to reviewing
opacity data.
     2.  Observe average opacity at the present time and for the last
8 hours to determine the representativeness of the inspection period.
     3.  Review average opacity records since the last inspection to
determine the frequency and severity of excess emission problems.
     6.6.3.1.3  Fabric filter.
      1.  Evaluate fabric fi.lter pressure drop as an indirect indication of
bag blinding problems, bag cleaning problems, and gas flow changes.       ;
      2.  Observe fabric filter physical condition as an indirect indication
of corrosion and air filtration.
      3.  Evaluate present inlet gas temperature to confirm that it 'does not
exceed the high temperature limitations of the fabric being used.  Review
inlet gas temperature records since the last inspection to determine
frequency and severity of gas temperature excursion.
      4.  Evaluate fabric filter outlet gas temperatures as an indication of
air infiltration and possible fabric chemical attack.  The outlet
temperature should be at least 20°F above the acid dewpoints.  The gas
temperature difference across the fabric filter should be only 20° to 50°F
depending on ambient temperature, ambient wind speed, and the adequacy of
fabric filter insulation.
      5.  Listen for audible air infiltration around access hatches,
hoppers, and expansion joints.
      6.  Evaluate cleaning system operation to confirm that the bags are
being cleaned on a regular frequency and to identify any possible bag
problems due to nonideal cleaning conditions.
                                   6-58

-------
       7.   Observe clean side conditions on units  in which one or more
 compartments can be  isolated.   Solids deposits  are an  indication of
 emission  problems.   Physical  condition of the bags and other components
 are also  observed to the extent possible without  entering the fabric
 filter.
       8.   Review bag failure rate  and location  records as a indirect
 indication of fabric filter excess emission problems and of misguided
 maintenance efforts.
       9.   Perform or observe "rip" tests (described below) as a  rough
 indicator of the reasons for frequent bag failures.
      10.   Observe cage  conditions  (pulse jet only) to  determine  possible
 reasons for frequent  bag failures.
      6.6.3.2  Level  4 Fabric  Filter  Inspection
      The  Level 4 fabric filter  inspection is a  comprehensive inspection
 that  includes  all of  the elements  of inspection Levels 1, 2, and 3.
 Table  6-5 provides a  matrix of  the types of inspection activities  included
 in  each Inspection level  for air pollution control devices including
 pulse-jet fabric filters.   The  following paragraphs describe the Level 4
 pulse-jet fabric filter inspection activities 1n  detail while the  matrix
 points out  differences  between  the different levels.
     6.6.3.2.1   Prepare a system flowchart.  A fabric  filter system
 flowchart  should consist of a simple block diagram that includes the
 following elements.
     1.   Source(s) of emissions controlled by a single  fabric filter;
     2.   Location(s)  of  any fans used for gas movement  through the system
 (used to  evaluate inhalation problems due to positive  static pressures);
     3.   Locations of any main stacks and bypass  stacks;
     4.  Location of fabric filter; and
     5.  Locations of major instruments (transmissometers, static pressure
gauges, thermocouples).
     6.6.3.2.2  Prepare a flowchart of  the compressed air system.  The
purpose of the flowchart is to indicate the presence of compressed air
system components that could influence  the vulnerability of the pulse jet
fabric filter to bag  cleaning problems.   The flowchart should consist of a
simple block diagram  showing the following  components.
                                   6-59

-------
      1.   Source  of  compressed air  (plant  air or compressor);
      2.   Air drier  (if present);
      3.   Oil  filter (if present);
      4.   Main shutoff valve(s);
      5.   Compressed air manifolds  on  fabric filter;
      6.   Drains  for manifolds and  compressed air lines;
      7.   Heaters for compressed air lines  and manifolds; and
      8.   Controllers for pilot valves  (timers or pneumatic sensors).
      6.6.3.2.3   Evaluate locations for measurement ports.  Evaluation of
 locations for measurement points are  discussed in Section 6.3.3.
      6.6.3.2.4   Evaluate startup and  shutdown procedures.  The startup and
 shutdown  procedures  used at the plant  should be discussed to confirm the
 following.
      1.   The  plant  has taken reasonable precautions to minimize the number
 of startup/shutdown  cycles.
      2.   The  fabric  filter system bypass times have been minimized.
      3.   The  fabric  filter system bypass times have not been limited to   >
 the extent that  irreversible damage has occurred.
      6.6.3.2.5   Identify potential safety  problems.  The identification of
 potential safety problems is addressed in  Section 6.3.2.
      6.6.3.2.6   Evaluate the fabric.filter visible emissions.  The
 evaluation of visible emissions is discussed in Section 6.3.4.
      6.6.3.2.7   Evaluate puffing conditions (pulse jet units only).
 Evaluate  the  frequency and severity of puffs.  These are often caused by
 small holes in one or more rows of bags.
      6.6.3.2.8   Evaluate condensing plume  conditions.  Condensing plume
conditions 1n fabric filters systems serving hospital waste incinerators
could conceivably be caused by partially combusted organic vapors or
hydrogen chloride vapors.   The vaporous material  condenses once the gas
enters the cold ambient air.  Condensing plumes usually have a bluish-
white color.  In some cases, the plume forms 5 to 10 feet after leaving
the stack.  If the fabric filter operating temperature drops
substantially, this material can condense  inside the fabric filter and
cause fabric blinding problems.   Corrective actions must focus on the
incinerator or dry scrubber system.
                                   6-60

-------
      6.6.3.2.9  Measure the fabric filter static pressure drop.   Fabric
 filters operate with a wide range of static pressure drops  (2  to  12  1n.
 w.c.).   It 1s preferable to compare the present readings with  the baseline
 values  for this specific source.   Increased static pressure drops
 generally indicate high gas flow  rates and/or fabric blinding  and/or
 system  cleaning problems.  Lower  static pressure drops  are generally due
 to  reduced gas flow rates,  excessive cleaning intensities/frequencies, or
 reduced Inlet partlculate loadings.  The steps in measuring the stack
 pressure with a portable pressure drop gauge are described below.
      1.   Locate safe and convenient measurement ports on the inlet and
 outlet  ductwork or on the fabric  filter shell.   In some cases  it  may be
 possible to temporarily disconnect the onsite gauge in  order to use  the
 portable gauge.
      2.   Clean any deposits out of the measurement ports.
      3.   If the Inlet and outlet  ports are .close together, connect both
 sides of the static pressure gauge to  the ports and observe the static
 pressure for 1 to  5 minutes.
      4.   If the ports are not close together,  measure the static  pressure
 1n  one  port for 10 to 30 seconds  and then proceed to the other port  for 10
 to  30 seconds.   As long as  the static  pressure  drop is  stable  the two
 values can  be subtracted to determine  the stack pressure drop.
      5.   Under no  circumstances should onsite  plant Instruments be
 disconnected without the explicit  approval  of  responsible plant
 personnel.   Also,  instruments connected  to  differential pressure
 transducers  should not  be disconnected.
      If  the  inspector does  not have  a  portable  pressure gauge, the fabric
 filter static  pressure  drop  should  be  recorded  1f the gauge appears  to be
working  properly.   The  gauge face  should  be clear of obvious water and
deposits.  The gauge should  fluctuate  slightly  each  time one of the
diaphragm valves activates.  These  valves can be  heard easily  when close
to the pulse jet fabric  filter.   If  there is any  question about the  gauge,
ask plant personnel  to  disconnect each  line one  at  a time to see  if  the
gauge responds.  If  it  does not move when a line  is  disconnected,  the line
may be plugged or  the gauge  inoperable.
                                   6-61

-------
      6.6.3.2.10  Evaluate  fabric  filter general physical conditions.
 While walking  around  the fabric filter and its inlet and outlet ductwork,
 check for obvious corrosion  around  the potential "cold" spots such as the
 corners  of the hoppers, near the  solids discharge valve, and the access
 hatches.   On negative pressure fabric filters, check for any audible air
 infiltration through  the corroded areas, warped access hatches, eroded
 solids discharge  valves, or  other sites.  On positive pressure fabric
 filters,  check for fugitive  emissions of dust from any corroded areas of
 the system.
      6.6.3.2.11  Evaluate  the clean side conditions when possible.  If
 there is  any question about  the performance of the fabric filter, request
 that  plant personnel  open  one or more hatches on the clean side (not
 available on some commercial models).  Note the presence of any fresh dust
 deposits  more  than 1/8 in. deep since this indicates particulate emission
 problems.
      In the case  of pulse  jet fabric filters, also observe the conditions
 of the bags, cages, and compressed  air delivery tubes.  The compressed air,-
 delivery  tubes should be oriented directly Into the bags so that the sides
 of the bags are not subjected to the blast of cleaning air.  The cages and
 bags  should be securely sealed to the tube sheet in units where the bag
 comes  up  through  the  tube  sheet.  There should be no oily or crusty
 deposits  at the top of the bags due to oil 1n the compressed air line.
      In some cases  ,  operators will be unable to Isolate any compartments
 without causing major gas  flow problems with the incinerator and/or the
 dry scrubber.   Obviously,  the request to check clean side conditions
 should be  withdrawn under  such circumstances.
     6.6.3.2.12  Evaluate  compressed air cleaning system.  The purpose of
 checking  the compressed air  cleaning system is to determine if this
 contributes to a  significant shift  in the fabric filter static pressure
drop and/or if this contributes to  an excess emission problem.  The
 inspection procedures for  the compressed air cleaning system can include
 one or more of the following.
     1.  Record the compressed air  pressure if the gauge appears to be
working properly.  It should fluctuate slightly each time a diaphragm
 valve  1s activated.   Do not  remove  this valve since the compressed air
 lines and manifold have high pressure air inside.

                                    6-62

-------
      2.   Listen  for operating  diaphragm valves.   If none are  heard over a
 10 to 30  minute  time period, the  cleaning system  controller may not be
 operating.
      3.   Check the compressed  air shutoff valve to confirm that the line
 1s open.
      4.   Count the number of diaphragm valves that do not activate during
 a  cleaning sequence.  This can be done by simply  listing for  diaphragm
 valve operation.  Alternatively,  the puff of compressed air released from
 the trigger  lines can sometimes be felt at the solenoid valve (pilot
 valve) outlet.
      5.   Check for the presence of a-compressed air drier.  This  removes
 water which  can  freeze at the  inlet of the diaphragm valves.   Also check
 for compressed air oil filter.
      6.   Check for a drain on  the compressed air  supply pipe  or on the air
 manifold.  This  is helpful for routinely draining the condensed water and
 oil  In the manifold.
      6.6.3.2.13  Confirm operation of cleaning equipment controllers.
 Observe the  fabric filter control  panel during cleaning of one or more
 compartments to confirm that the  controller is operating properly.  Each
 compartment  should be Isolated for cleaning before the static pressure
 drop  Increases to very high levels that preclude  adequate gas flow.  Also,
 cleaning should not be so frequent that the bags do not build up  an
 adequate dust cake to ensure high  efficiency filtration.
      6.6.3.2.14  Measure inlet and outlet gas temperature.  The primary
 purpose of determining the present gas Inlet temperture is to evaluate
 possible excess emission problems  and/or high bag failure rate conditions
 that  can be caused by very high or very low gas inlet temperatures.
      These measurements are conducted whenever it is necessary to
determine 1f air infiltration  is causing fabric chemical attack due to
reduced gas outlet temperatures.  A large difference between  the  baseline
temperature and the temperature measured during a subsequent  inspection is
an  indication that air infiltration is a problem.   It also is  helpful  to
measure the inlet gas temperature to evaluate the potential  for high gas
temperature damage to the bags.  The average inlet gas temperature should
be 25° to 50°F below  the maximum rated temperature limit of the fabric.
                                   6-63

-------
 Fifteen  to  30 minute  spikes of less than 25° F above the maximum rated
 limit  can usually  be  tolerated without fabric damage.  The average inlet
 gas  temperature  should be 25° to SOT above the acid gas dewpoint
 temperature.  For  most commercial combustion processes, the acid dewpoint
 is usually  between 225° to 300°F.  The inlet gas temperature also should
 be above the water vapor dewpoint.  The steps in measuring the gas
 temperature are  outlined below.
     1.  Locate  safe  and convenient measurement ports on the inlet and
 outlet ductwork  of the collector.  Often small ports less than % in.
 diameter are adequate.  Measurements using ports on the fabric filter
 shell often are  inadequate since moderately cool gas is trapped against
 the  shell.
     2.  Attach  a  grounding/bonding cable to the probe if vapor, gas,
 and/or particulate levels are potentially explosive.
     3.  Seal the  temperature probe in the port to avoid any air
 infiltration that  would result in a low reading.
     4.  Measure the  gas temperature at a position near the middle of the
 duct 1f  possible.  Conduct the measurement for several minutes to ensure a
 representative reading.
     5.  Measure the  gas temperature at another port and compare the
 values.  On combustion sources, a gas temperature drop of more than 20° to
 40°F indicates severe air infiltration.
     6.  Compare the  inlet gas temperature with the maximum rated
 temperature limit  of  the fabric present.  If the average gas temperature
 is within 25° to 50°F of the maximum, short bag life and frequent bag
 failures are possible.  Also, if there are short-term excursions more than
 25° to 50°F above  the maximum temperature limits, irreversible fabric
damage may occur.
     Locate any onsite thermocouples mounted on the inlet to the fabric
filter.  If this instrument appears to be in a representative position,
record the temperature value displayed in the control room.
     6.6.3.2.15  Evaluate the fabric filter gas temperature records.  The
purpose of reviewing continuous temperature recorder data is to determine
if temperature excursions contribute to excess emission problems and/or
high bag failure rates.  Review selected strip charts to determine if the
                                   6-64

-------
 gas Inlet temperatures  have  been  above the  maximum  rated fabric
 temperature or below the  acid  vapor or water vapor  dewpoints.
      6.6.3.2.16  Perform  fabric rip test and review fabric  laboratory
 analyses.  The purpose  of evaluating fabric condition  is to determine  if
 any corrective actions  planned by the owner/operators  have  a reasonable
 probability of reducing frequent  excess emissions.
      To perform a rip test,  ask the plant personnel  for a bag that  has
 been recently removed from the fabric filter.  Attempt to rip the bag  near
 the site of the bag  hole  or  tear.  If the bag  cannot be ripped easily,
 then the probable cause of the failure is abrasion  and/or flex damage.
 These bags can usually  be patched and reinstalled.   If the  bag can  be
 ripped easily, then  the fabric has been weakened  by chemical attack or
 high temperature damage.   Weakened bags should not  be  patched and
 reinstalled.   It may be necessary to Install new  bags  throughout the
 entire chamber if the bag failure rates are high.
      6.6.3.2.17  Evaluate bag  failure records.  The purpose of reviewing
 bag  failure records  1s  to determine the present bag  failure rate and to   ;
 determine 1f  the rate of  failure  is increasing.   Plot  the number of bag
 failures per  month for  the last 6 to 24 months.   If  there has been  a
 sudden Increase,  the owner/operators should consider replacing all  of  the
 bags  1n the compartment(s) affected.   If there 1s a  distinct spatial
 pattern to the failures,  the owner/operators should  consider repair and/or
 modification  of  the  internal conditions causing the  failures.
      6.6.3.2.18   Evaluate  the  bag  cages.  The bag cages are evaluated
 whenever there are frequent abrasion/flex failures  at  the bottoms of the
 bags  or along the ribs of  the  cage.   Ask the plant  personnel to provide a
 spare  cage for examination.  There  should be adequate  support for the  bag
 and there  should not be any sharp  edges  along the bottom cups of the
 cage.   Also check the cages for bows  that would cause  rubbing between  two
 bags  at the bottom of the  fabric  filter.
     6.6.3.2.19  Evaluate  the  inlet  and  outlet gas oxygen levels.   These
measurements  are performed to further evaluate the extent of air infiltra-
tion.   An  increase of more than 1 percent oxygen going from the inlet  to
the outlet  indicates severe air infiltration (e.g.,  inlet oxygen at
6.5 percent and outlet oxygen at 7.5 percent).  The  steps involved  in
measuring  the  flue gas oxygen levels are itemized below.

                                    6-65

-------
     1.  Locate safe and convenient measurement ports.  Generally, the
ports used for the temperature measurements are adequate for the oxygen
measurements.
     2.  Attach a grounding/bonding cable to the probe 1f there are
potentially explosive vapors, gases, and/or partlculate.
     3.  Seal the probe to prevent any ambient air Infiltration around the
probe.
     4.  Measure the oxygen concentration at a position near the center of
the duct to avoid false readings due to localized air Infiltration.  The
measurement should be repeated twice 1n the case of gas absorption
instruments.  For continuous monitoring instruments, the measurement
should be conducted for 1 to 5 minutes to ensure a representative value.
     5.  If possible, measure the carbon dioxide concentration at the same
locations.  The sum of the oxygen and carbon dioxide concentrations should
be 1n the normal stoichiometric range for the fuel being burned.  If the
sum is not in this range, a measurement error has occurred.
     6.  As soon as possible, complete the measurements at the other      ^
port.  Compare the oxygen readings obtained.  If the outlet values are
substantially higher, severe air infiltration Is occurring.
6.7  REFERENCES FOR CHAPTER 6
 1.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  EPA Guide for Infectious
     Waste Management.  Office of Solid Waste.  Washington, D.C.
     Publication No.  EPA/530-SW-86-014.  May 1986.  p. ix.
 2.  Ibid.  p. 3-7.
 3.  Hospital Waste Combustion Study:  Data Gathering Phase.  Final
     Report. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality
     Planning and Standards,  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
     EPA-450/3-88-017.  December 1988.  p. 3-10 to 3-24.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Ibid.
P-
P-
p.
P-
P-
3-6.
3-20.
1-9.
3-16.
3-4.
                                   6-66

-------
 9.  Ibid.  p. 3-20.
10.  Ibid.  p. 1-13.
11.  McCree, R. E.  Operation and Maintenance of Controlled Air
     Incinerators.  Ecolaire Environmental Control Products, Inc.
     Charlotte* North Carolina.
12.  Reference 3.  p. 1-11, 12.
13.  Reference 1.  p. 3-9.
14.  Reference 1.  p. 3-12.
15.  Reference 11.  p. 10.
16.  Richards, J.  Municipal Waste Incinerator Field Inspection Notebook
     (Draft); Prepared for U.S. EPA.
                                   6-67

-------
                         7.0  SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS

 7.1  INCINERATOR OPERATOR TRAINING AND OPERATOR EXPERIENCE
      The success of incineration as a technique for  treating  hospital
 waste depends  on the proper  operation of  the incinerator  and  its
 associated air pollution control  device.   Proper operating  techniques  can
 affect equipment reliability,  on-line availability,  combustion  efficiency,
 and regulatory compliance with air pollution regulations.   The  operator  is
 in  control  of  many  of tha factors  that have  an  impact  on  the  performance
 of  a hospital  waste incinerator and air pollution control device
 including:   (1)  waste charging procedures,  (2)  incinerator  startup  and
 shutdown,  (3)  air pollution  control  device  startup and  shutdown,
 (4)  monitoring and  adjusting operating parameters  for  the incinerator  and
 air pollution  control  system,  and  (5)  ash handling.  Poorly trained  and/or
 inexperienced  operators  have neither  the  knowledge nor  the  skills to
 operate  the  equipment properly or  react appropriately  to  upset
 conditions.  Therefore,  the  value  of  appropriate  operator training  and/or  j
 experience  should be  apparent  to the  inspector.
      Typically,  incinerator  and  air pollution control device manufacturers,
 once  their equipment  is  installed,  offer a hands-on operator training
 program  that includes  instruction  in  the proper operating procedures and
 the  necessary  preventive maintenance  activities that should be
 performed.  While this training  is desirable, it  is often lost when the
 operator decides to take another,  higher paying job.   Operator turnover is
 experienced by many hospitals  and  causes problems in maintaining proper
 operation of equipment and necessitates almost continual training of
 operators.  Turnover  and proper operation are particular problems at
 hospitals where housekeeping  personnel  operate the incinerator system
 because their  level  of understanding of the combustion process is limited,
 their level of commitment to  proper operation is low, and  the  tendency to
move to other,  higher paying  jobs  is high.  One solution to  these problems
 is to create a dedicated position where one employee  operates  the
 •incinerator and air  pollution control  device and is more highly paid than
housekeeping personnel.  This tends to reduce the turnover thereby
producing a more experienced  operator.
                                    7-1

-------
     At most  hospitals,  a  hospital engineer  is  in charge of the operation
 and maintenance of  the  incinerator.  The engineer should have a good
 working knowledge of  the incinerator and should be able to provide some
 operator training in  the proper operational  procedures.  Additionally, the
 facility engineer should ensure that preventive maintenance activities are
 carried out on a regular basis to minimize operational problems and
 downtime.  Some States  have  included specific requirements for operator
 training in proposed  regulations for infectious waste  incinerators.
     The inspector  should  be aware of the above considerations.  He/she
 should inquire as to  the experience level of the operator, the amount of
 hands-on training the operator has received, and the availability of a
 hospital engineer to  direct  the operator as  required.  The inspector
 should evaluate whether the  operator meets the  necessary training
 requirements  (where applicaole).
 7.2  EMERGENCY OPERATING PLAN
     The permit for the incineration facility may stipulate that an
 emergency operating plan be  developed and implemented  to prevent exposure ,
 of the public or operate'"  personnel to spills or leaks of infectious
 wastes.  In general, most  plans should include  the responsible individual
 to be notified in case of  an emergency, emergency contacts (such as fire
 departments)  and procedures  to be followed in the case of an emergency.
 The inspector should become  familiar with the permit-stipulated
 requirements  for an emergency operating plan prior to  the inspection.
 During the inspection, the insDector should  ask to see the plan (if
 applicable).  The plan should be reviewed to ensure that all  stipulated
 requirements  are addressed.  The inspector should also ensure that the
 plan is accessible to operator personnel  and that they are familiar with
 its requirements.
 7.3  CROSS-MEDIA INSPECTIONS
     Hospital  incinerators are potentially subject to  two environmental
media regulatory programs.   These are air pollution and solid waste.  If a
wet scrubber  is used for pollution control, water discharge also is of
concern.
                                    7-2

-------
 7.3.1  Air  Pollution
     The Agency's  authority,  regulations,  and  inspection procedures under
 the Clean Air  Act  are discussed earlier  in  this manual.
 7.3.2  Solid Waste
     7.3.2.1   Resource  Conservation and  Recovery Act:  Section 3007 of  the
 Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act  (RCRA)  allows a duly authorized
 inspector:
     1.  To enter  at reasonable times any  establishment or other place
 maintained  by  any  person where hazardous wastes are generated, stored,
 treated, disposed  of, or transported from;  and
     2.  To inspect and obtain samples from any person of any such waste
 and samples of  any containers or labeling  of such wastes.
     As a first  step in fulfilling the Congressional mandate to establish
 a hazardous waste  management  system, EPA published proposed regulations in
 the Federal Register on December 13, 1973, wnich included a proposed
 definition and  treatment methods for infectious wastes.'   During the
 public comment  period for  this rulemaking,  EPA received approximately     _,
 60 comments which  specifically addressed the infectious waste provisions
 of the proposed  regulations.'
     On May 19,  1980, EPA  published the first phase of the hazardous waste
 regulations.  The  Agency stated in the preamble to the regulations that
 the sections on  infectious waste would be published when  work on
 treatment, storage, and disposal  standards was completed.  While the
 Agency has evaluated management techniques for infectious waste,
 considerable evidence that these wastes cause harm to human health and the
 environment is needed to suoport Federal rulemaking.J  While EPA has not
yet promulgated  rules for  infectious wastes, guidance on  handling,
 treatment,  and disposal  of infectious  wastes is provided  in EPA Guide to
 Infectious Waste Management.J
     7.3.2.2  State Regulations for Solid Waste.   Over 25 States have'
passed  hazardous waste  legislation  specifically to control  the treatment,
storage,  and disposal  of infectious waste (as part of their hazardous
^aste  management program).   Some  States have already promulgated
regulations controlling  infectious  waste, while other States are  preparing
such  regulations.  Because there  is no  unanimity  of opinion on the hazards
                                    7-3

-------
 posed  by  infectious waste and appropriate techniques for safe disposal of
 these  wastes, control requirements vary from State to State.
 7.3.3   Inspector Multimedia Resoonsibilities
      In addition to the air pollutant emission concerns, an inspector
 snould be cognizant of the solid waste handling requirements that may be
 associated with the incineration facility.
     Of particular concern are wastes that may be regulated as hazardous
 under  Subtitle C of RCRA.  Table 7-1 lists the types of Subtitle C wastes
 (i.e., F, U, or P wastes) that may be generated at a medical facility.  A
 facility  is determined to be a hazardous waste generator if it generates
 more than ICO kg per calendar month of hazardous waste.  The facility must
 comoly with the requirements of 40 CFR Parts 262 through 265, 268, 270,
 and 124 and the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA.  These
 regulations include specific requirements for generators, transporters,
 and owners/operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal
 facilities.   These requirements also are applicable to generators of
 greater than 1 kg of acute hazardous waste or "P" waste per calendar
 month.  If a facility generates ICO kg of Subtitle C waste and 1 kg or
 less of P waste per calendar month cr less,  then the facility is called a
 conditionally exempt small quantity generator and is not subject to the
 aforementioned requirements.  In order to prove that a facility is a small
 quantity generator, it must keep detailed records of the types and
 quantities of hazardous waste generated,  and where, when, and by whom it
 rt-as disposed.   However, small  quantity generators are exempt from the
manifest requirements for generators described in 40 CFR Part 262.  In
order to burn any of the Subtitle C Bastes in an onsite incinerator, the
 incinerator  must be permitted to burn the wastes under 40 CFR 270 (EPA
Adminstered  Permit Programs:  The Hazardous  Waste Permit Program) or must
be licensed  or permitted by the State to  burn waste.   The inspector should
cneck  the waste generation records and appropriate permit if he/she
suspects that  hazardous waste is being improperly disposed in the
 ^ncinerator.
     In many States,  the treatment, storage, and disposal of infectious
.vaste  will be  subject to State regulations or permit  conditions.  At the
 initial Level  4 inspection,  the inspectors should obtain copies of any
                                    7-4

-------
             TABLE 7-1.  LIST OF HAZARDOUS WASTES THAT MAY BE
                      GENERATED AT A MEDICAL FACILITY
F Wastes3                         U Wastesb                     P Wastes0

F003d                             U206 - Streptozotocin         None
                                  U010 - Mytcmycin C
FC05e                             U150 - Melphalan
                                  U059 - Daunomycin
                                  U058 - Cyclophosphamide
                                  U0237 - Uracil Mustard
                                  U035 - Chlorambucll
                                  U015 - Azeserine
                                  U026 - Chlornaphazine
                                  U140 - Isobutyl Alcohol
                                  U151 - Mercury
                                  U044 - Chloroform
                                  U002 - -cetone
                                  U122 - Formaldehyde
                                  U220 - Toluene
                                  U239 - Xylere
^Hazardous wastes from nonspecific sources.
"Toxic hazardous wastes.
^Acute hazardous wastas.
 Scintillation wastes using xylene as a solvent would be included in this
 category.
e$cintillation wastes using toluene as a solvent would be included in this
 category.
                                   7-5

-------
State or  Federal  solid-waste-related permits or regulations that pertain
to  the  incinerator waste  feed material or  incinerator residue ash.  Prior
to  any  subsequent  inspections,  the  inspector should become familiar with
the conditions of  the permits or regulations.  During the inspection, the
inspector  should  identify any deviations from the regulations or permit
conditions.  These deviations should be documented in the inspection
report.  All supporting data or photographs should also be recorded and
identified for possible followuo activities.  After the inspection, the
inspector  should report all observed environmental problems to his or her
immediate  supervisor for notification of the appropriate Federal or State
agency.
7.4  STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES FOR HOSPITAL WASTE INCINERATORS AND
     ASSOCIATED AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES
     Because each  incinerator model is designed differently, design
criteria,  operating parameters, and operating procedures will vary.  This
kind of variation applies to the startup and shutdown procedures
associated with the different incinerator types.  Therefore, a discussion
of the proper execution of these procedures is provided below on each of
the incinerator types discussed in Chapter 5.  Additionally, general
discussions are presented on the proper startup and shutdown procedures
for wet scrubbers, dry scrubbers, and fabric filters.  The inspector
should be well  versed in the startup and shutdown procedures for all of
these types of equipment because emissions can be the highest during
startup and shutdown.  The inspector should observe these procedures,
especially startup, during the inspection if at all possible.
     Special  concerns during startup include the following:
     1.   Assuring that all air pollution control equipment is online and
properly operating prior to initiating waste charging; and
     2.   Assuring that the secondary combustion chamber is preheated and
above a minimum acceptable operating temperature before charging (or
igniting for batch feed systems) waste.
7.4.1  Batch Feed__Starved-Air Incinerator
     This type  of incinerator, typically, is a small  unit with a capacity
that may range  up to 500 Ib/h but is more typically less than 200 Ib/h.
The incinerator is operated in a "batch-mode,"  which  entails a single
                                    7-6

-------
 charge  at the beginning of the  operating  cycle,  followed  by combustion,
 ash  burnout,  cool down,  and ash  removal  over a 12-  to  24-h period.  The
 following sections describe the startup and shutdown  procedures for a
 batch feed starved-air  incinerator.
      7.4.1.1   Startup.   Startup of  the  incinerator actually begins with
 removal  of the ash generated  from the previous operating  cycle.  The
 following are guidelines for  good operating practice:3
      1.   Ths  incinerator should be  allowed  to cool  sufficiently so that  it
 "is sar~2  for the operator to remove  the  ash.   This  cooling can take as long
 as 8 h.
     2.   The  operator should  exercise extreme caution since the refractory
 may  still  be  hot and the ash  may contain  local hot spots, as well as sharp
 objects.
     3.   The  ash and comcusticn cnamoer should not be sprayed with water
 to cool  the chamber because rapid cooling from water  sprays can adversely
 affect the refractory.
     4.   A flat  blunt shovel, not sharp objects  that can damage the
 refractory material, should be  used for cleanup.
     5.   Avoid  pushing  ash  into the underfire air  ports.
     6.   Place  the ash  into a nonccmbustable  heat  resistant container,
 i;e., metal.   Dampen the  ash with water to  cool  and minimize fugitive
 emissions.
     7.   Assure  that the  ash door is securely closed and the integrity of
 the seal  is maintained  after ash removal  is completed.
     Prior  to  initiating  charging,  operation of  the ignition and secondary
 burners and combustion  air  blowers  should be checked.   The incinerator is
 charged cold.  Because  these units  generally are small,  they are usually
 manually  loaded.  The waste is  loaded into the ignition  chamber, which is
 filled to  the capacity  recommended  by the manufacturer.   Typically,  the
manufacturer will recommend filling  the incinerator completely,  but  not
overstuffing the chamber.  Overstuffing can result in  blockage of the air
port  to  the combustion  cnamoer and  in premature  ignition of  the  waste and
poor  performance (i.e.,  excess emissions)  during  startup.   Overstuffing
also  can result  in blockage of the  ignition burner port  and  damage  to the
burner.   After charging  is completed,  the  charge  door  is closed, the  seal
                                    7-7

-------
 visually checked for  irregularities, and the door  is locked.  Once
 operation is initiated,  no further charges will be made until the next
 operating cycle is  initiated,  i.e., after cooldown and ash removal.
     Prior to ignition of the  waste, the secondary combustion chamber is
 preheated to a predetermined temperature by igniting the secondary
 burner.  A minimum  secondary chamoer temperature of 1600CF is recommended
 prior to ignition of  the waste.  Preheat takes from 15 to 60 minutes.'1
     After the secondary charmer is preheated, the secondary combustion
 air blcwer is turned  on  to provide excess air for mixing with the
 cc.TDUsticn gases from the ignition chamber.
     The ignition chamber ccmousticn air blcwer is activated and the
 primary burner is ignited to initiate waste combustion.  When the primary
 chamber reaches a preset temperature and the waste combustion is self-
 sustaining,  the primary  burner is shut down.  A typical temperature is
 1 i rin°F
 i. -t --> -./ i •
     The primary comcusticn air and secondary ccmoustion air are adjusted
 to maintain  the desired primary and secondary chamber temperatures.
 (Typically,  this adjustment is automatic and can encompass switching from
 high to low  settings or complete modulation over an operating range.)
     During  operation, the primary burner is reignitad if the ignition
 chamber temperature falls below a preset temperature.   Similarly, the
 secondary burner is reduced to its lowest firing level  if the secondary
 chamoer rises above a preset high-temperature setting.   Again, control of
 the burners,  like the combustion air,  is typically automated.  A
 Darcmetric damper on the stack is used to maintain draft.  The incinerator
chambers should both be maintained under negative draft.
     7.4.1.2   Shutdown.   After the waste burns down and all  volatiles have
 been released,  the  primary chamonr ccmoustion air level is increased to
facilitate complete combustion of the  fixed carbon remaining in the ash.
The temperature in  the primary chamber will  continue to decrease
 indicating combustion is complete.   A  typical  burndown period is 2 to
4 h.°   When  combustion is complete,  the secondary burner is  shut ^own.
     Shutdown of the secondary burner,  which initiates  the cooldown
period,  usually is  automatically controlled to occur at a preset length of
time into the cycle."'   The combustion air blowers are left operating to
                                    7-8

-------
 cool  the chambers prior to subsequent ash removal.   The  blowers  are  shut
 down  when the chambers are completely cooled  or prior  to opening.the ash
 door  for ash removal.   Cooldown typically lasts 5  to 8 h.°
      As  described in Chaster 3, appropriate  safety  precautions should  be
 taken when removing ash from the incinerator  including the  use of
 protective clothing, thick rubber or plastic  gloves, eye protection,  and  a
 respirator or dust mask filter.  The ash  should be  gently removed  with  a
 rake  and blunt shovel  to prevent fugitive dust  emissions and  to  prevent
 damage to the refractory.
      The final  step in the cycle is  examination of  ash burnout quality.
 Inspection of the ash  is one tool  the operator  and  inspector  has  for
 evaluating incinerator performance.
 7.4.2 Intermittent-Duty.  Starved-Air Incinerators
      Intermittent-duty,  starved-air  incinerators typically  are used  for
 "shift"  type operation.   The incinerator  must be shutdown routinely  for
 ash removal.   Hence,  there is  a distinct  operating  cycle.   The main
 feature  which distinguishes  tnis  type of  incinerator from the batch
 incinerator  is  the  charging  procedures which  are used.   The charging
 system is  designed  to  accommodate  multiple charges  safely throughout the
 operating  cycle rather  than  to  rely  on a  single batch  charge at the
 beginning  of  the  operating cycle.  Either manual or  automated charging
 systems  can  be  used.
      7.4.2.1   Startup.   The  residual  ash  from the previous operating cycle
 must  be  removed before  a cycle  can ce  initiated.  Ash  removal procedures
 are essentially the  same as  those  described in  Section. 7.5.1.1 for batch
 mode  incinerators.
      Before  the operator initiates startup, proper operation of the
 primary  and  secondary burners and  combustion air blowers   should be
 checked.    The following  steps are  conducted during startup:
      1.  The  primary and secondary burner(s)  are ignited, and preheat of
 the combustion chambers  is initiated;
     2.  The  secondary chamber must reach a predetermined temperature
 (e.g., 1400°F) before the  incinerator is ready for charging.  A minimum
warmup time of 30 to 60 minutes is recommended;  and
     3.  After the predetermined secondary chamber temperature is
                                    7-9

-------
 attained,  the  primary  and  secondary  combustion air blowers are
 activated.   The  incinerator  is  ready to  be charged.
      Stable  combustion can be maintained most readily with a constant
 thermal  input  to  the incinerator.  Feeding too much waste in a charge
 causes  the  incinerator to overload.   These overloads can result in poor
 burndown (because of waste pile buildup  on the hearth) or can cause
 excessive  emissions because  the rapid generation of volatiles overloads
 the  caoacity cf  the secondary chamber.   Feeding too little waste results
 in inadequate  thermal  input  and consequent excessive auxiliary fuel
 use.3   The reccoriended charge frequency  and quantity is 15 to 25 percent
 of ths  rated capacity  (Ib/h) at 10-  to 15-minute intervals.5'   Another
 rule cf  thi;r.iD  is to recharge the incinerator after the previous charge has
 been reduced by 50 to 75 percent in  volume.J  Charging volume and
 frequency will vary with waste composition, and the operator must use scrne
 judgment to  determine appropriate rates.  Monitoring the temperature
 profile  of the combustion chambers will assist the operator in determining
 the proper charging rates.
     After the last cnarge of the day is completed, the incinerator is set
 to initiate  the burndown cycle.   The  limiting factor on how long the
 charging period can be sustained without initiating the burndown cycle is
 the degree of  ash buildup on the hearth.  Typically,  the charging period
 is limited to  12 to 14 hours.0
     7.4.2.2  Shutdown.  The burndown cycle is essentially the same as
 that described for batch incinerators and is initiated after the last
 charge of the day is made.  For intermittent-duty incinerators, the
 burndcwn sequence can be initiated manually or automatically.
 7.4.3  Continucus-Cuty, Starved-Air  Incinerators
     Continuous-duty incinerators have the capability of continuously
 removing the ash from the incinerator hearth.   Consequently, the
 incinerator  can be operated at a near-steady-state condition by
continuously charging the unit at regularly timed intervals  and,
 similarly, by removing  the ash at regularly timed intervals.
     7.4.3.1  Startup.   Startup  procedures for continuous-duty
 incinerators are essentially the same as those for the intermittent-duty
J
                                   7-10

-------
 incinerators.   Tha  chambers  are first preheated  before  the  initial charge
 is  loaded  to  the  incinerator.
      7.4.3.2   Shutdown.   Shutdown of the  incinerator  involves stopping the
 charging process  and  maintaining temperatures  in the  ccmDustion chamber
 until the  remaining waste burns down to asn  and  is  finally  discharged from
 the system in  the normal  manner.
 7.4.4  Excsss-AJr Incinerators
      Ir.cir.aratcrs operating  at sxcass-air  levels in the primary chamber
                                                        ^
 likaly will ba  used only  for Type 4 (anatomical)  wastes."   Type 4 wastes
 have a'fairly  consistent  composition, contain  high moisture levels, and
 have a lev/ Stu  value.  Hide  variations in  Btu  content are not expected,
 ard the corncustion  rate can  be well controlled at excess-air levels.  The
 incinerator is  coeratad at high primary ccmoustion chamber  temperatures
                                       3
 rfith constant  use of  auxiliary burners."
     Typical applications  include batch cr intermittent operation;
 continuous-duty operation  ,vith automatic asn removal  is atypical.  Startup
 and shutdown of excess-air/pathological  waste  incinerators  are briefly    ,,
 discussed  in this section.
     7.4.4.1  Startup.  Startup of tha excess-air incinerator is similar
 to startup for  the batch-mode, starvsd-air incinerators.  The secondary
 chamber is first preheated to a predetermined chamber temperature.  The
 incinerator is  then charged with the waste.
     The waste  is cnarged to the ignition chamber prior to burner ignition
 or preheat of the ignition cnamoer.   The waste is placed on the hearth in
 a manner to provide maximum exposure to  the primary chamber burner
 flame.  Consequently,  placing several  components of the charge one on top
 of the other is not  goc.d practice.   The  charging door is closed, and the
 primary burner  ignited.
     Additional charges,  if any,  are made only after the previous charge
 has been significantly reduced  in  volume.   The primary burner is shut off
 before the  charge door is  opened.   If  necessary,  the ash bed is  stoked
 before the  new charge  is  added.   After  the new charge is added,  the door
 is closed  and  sealed and  the  primary ourner reignited.
     7.4.4.2  Shutdown.  There  is  no burndown period in the operation of
excess-air/pathological incinerators.  The degree of burnout achieved is
                                   7-11

-------
 dictated  by the length  of  time  that  the  primary  burner  is  left  in
 operation.   After complete destruction of  the  waste  has  been  achieved  (as
 noted  by  visual  observation through  a viewport),  the  primary  burner  is
 shutdown.   The  secondary burner is not shut  off  until all  smoldering from
 residual  material  on  the hearth in the primary chamber  has  ceased.   After
 all  smoldering  in the  ignition  chamber has ceased, the  secondary burner  is
 shutdown,  and the incinerator allowed to cool.   Once  the  incinerator is
 ccol,  the  £5n residue  is manually removed  by shoveling  and/or raking.
 7.4.5  Wet  ScruPeers
     Prcoer operation of a scruober  requires that the operator
 (1)  establish a  fixed  liquid flow rate to  the  scrubbing  section,
 (2)  initiate gas  flew through the system by  starting  a  fan, and (3) set  up
 the  liquid  recirculaticn system so that  suspended and dissolved solids
 buildup does not  create operating prcnlems.  Cnce the system  has been
 started and  operation has  staoilized, little additional operator attention
 will be needed, other than  for  routine operation and maintenance
 activities.  Operators  should refer  to the instruction manual provided by ••'
 the  scrubber manufacturer  for adjustment of  site-specific operating
 condi tions.
     7.4.5.1  Startup.  The following sequence must be adhered
 to during startup of a  scrubbing system to ensure proper operation:
     1.  Turn on the liquid recirculation system or liquid  supply(s) to
 the  scrubber(s)  and mist eliminator.
     2.  Adjust the liquid  flc//  rates to those specified in the
 instructions supplied by the scrubber manufacturer.
     3.  If the induced draft or forced draft  fan feeding the scrubbing
 system has a damper installed at its  inlet or cutlet, close the damper.
     4.  Start the induced draft or  forced draft fan feeding  the scrubbing
 system.
     5.  If the  system  is equiooed with a damper, gradually open the
damper until the proper gas flow rate is established.
     6.  Again,  recheck the liquid flow rate(s) and  adjust as necessary.
     7.  Check the differential  pressure across the  scrubber  and compare
with the design  pressure drop specified in the manual.  If the pressure
drop is too high, either the liquid  flow rate or the gas 'flow rate is too
                                   7-12

-------
 high.  If the system is equipped with a damper, close the damper off
 slightly until the differential pressure reaches the proper level, or if
 it  is not possible to decrease gas flow rates, decrease the liquid flow
 rate to the scrubber until the proper differential pressure is
 established.  If the differential pressure is too low across the scrubber,
 either the liquid rate is too lew or the gas flow rate is too low.  To
 correct this condition, either increase the gas flow rate by opening a
 damoar, or increase the liquid flew rate to trie scrubber.
      3.  Initiace the liquid bleed to treatment or disposal, as specified
 in the manufacturer's manual.  If the bleed is taken by an overflow from
 the recirculation tank, the flew rate at this point is establishech by the
 rate at which ma.'ouo water is introduced to the recirculation tank.  The
 manufacturer's manual  should show the anticipated water evaporation rate
 in the scrubbing system,   If, as an example,  the evaporation rate is
 1  gallon  cer minute,  and  if you wish to estaolish a oleed rate of 1 gallon
""per minute,  it will  be  necessary to feed 2 gallons per minute of total
 water to  the recirculation tank.   The bleed rate is determined by the rate.'
 at which  :he solids  build  up in the scruboing system.   These solids can be
 either suspended or  dissolved solids or octh.   A scrubber is capable of
 handling  a maximum of  3 percent (weight)  suspended solids, and it is
 suggested  that the dissolved solids not exceed 10 percent (weight).  Based
 on design  data,  a recommended bleed rate  from the system  should  be
 provided  by  the  manufacturer.  The  operator should combine this  figure
 ^ith the  evaporation  figures to  give  a  total  recommended  makeup  water rate
 to the recirculaticn  tank  if an  overflew  type  bleed  system is  used.   If a
 bleed  system  is  provided  from a  slip  stream off  the  pump  feeding the
 venturi scrubber,  liquid makeup  is  normally provided  by a level  control
 device  in  the  recirculation  tank.   The  flew rate  required will  be the same
 as the  flow  rate  required  for the overflow  bleed  system.   However,  it is
 only necessary to  ensure that adequate  water  supply  is  available to  the
 level  control  device on a  continuous  basis.
      7.4.5.2   Shutdown.  To  shut  the  system down  without  overloading  the
 fan  or causing any damage  to  the  scrubbing  equipment,  the  following
 procedures should  be adhered  to:
                                    7-13

-------
      1.   Shut  off  the  induced draft or forced draft fan feeding the
 scrubbing system.
      2.   Wait  until  the  fan  impeller  has  stopped rotation and shutoff the
 scrubbing water  racirculation pump.
      3.   Shut  off  the  makeup water supply system.
 7.4.6 Dr  Sc rubers
      Dry  scrubbers  either  inject an alkaline slurry, which is subsequently
dried  by  the  hot  flue gas, or a dry alkaline powder into the flue gas
stream for  acid gas control.  Problems associated with startup and
shutdown  of dry scrubbers  are directly related to excess moisture in the
system.   Excessive moisture refers to condensed water vapor and is a
function  of the moisture content, temperature, and resulting saturation of
the flue  gas  in the system.  Condensed water creates problems with solids
Buildup due to the hygrosccoic nature of the alkaline sorbent materials
and corrosion due to the corrosive nature of the salts, such as calcium
chloride, resulting from the acid/alkaline neutralization reactions.
Proper  startup and shutdown procedures are intended to prohibit the
condensation of water vapor in the presence of the alkaline sorbent or the
reaction  D *" c d u r"t~ salts.
     7.4.6.1  Startup.  Prevention of condensation during startup can be
achieved  by bringing the temperatures of the incinerator and flue gas up
to normal operating levels before injection of the slurry or dry sorbent.
Ideally,  auxiliary fuel firing should be utilized to achieve these temper-
atures before charging witn wastes to prevent uncontrolled emissions of
acid gases.  If the incinerator is started up with waste feed material,
slurry feed should be regulated to provide a minimum wet bulb/dry bulb
temperature difference of 90°  to 100°F.   This temperature differential
will prevent condensation and  will  allow efficient removal of the acid gas.
     7.4.6.2  Shutdown.  At shutdown the system will  eventually cool down
to ambient temperature.  If the temperature cools below the saturation
temperature, condensation will  occur.   The approach to preventing solids
buildup and salt corrosion at  shutdown should be to eliminate,  as much as
possible, the alkaline sorbent materials and reaction products  from the
system before saturation temperatures  are reached.   Sorbent injection
should be terminated and the exhaust system allowed to purge itself of all
                                   7-14

-------
 sorbent  and  reaction  products before  the  temperature  cools  to  the
 saturation point.   To achieve this  goal,  auxiliary  fuel-firing should  be
 utilized to  maintain  a minimum wet  bulb/dry  bulb  temperature difference of
 90°  to  1CO°F until  all  waste are  ccmousted.   The  auxiliary  fuel  firing
 should be  continued  long  enougn to  maintain  flue  gas  temperatures  above
 saturation until  the  system is purged  of  sorbent  and  reaction  products.
 Purging  of the  system should include  a ccrnolete cleaning  cycle for the
 fioric filter before  the  system is  allowed to  cool.   If the alkaline
 filter cake  is  retained on  the Dags,  condensation can  result in  blinding
 of the bags.
 7.4.7  Fabri c F i1 ters
     Uhile the  performance  of a fabric filter  is  dependent on  proper
 design,  raccrdkaeping  practices,  and  the  timely detection of upset
 conditions,  prooer operation and  preventive  maintenance procedures are
 necessary.to ensure satisfactory, long-term  oerfcrmance.  This section
 discusses  general ccarating  procedures  that  can minimize unexpected
 malfunctions and  improve  the performance  of  the fabric filter.   Preventive.'
 maintenance  practices  are discussed in  Chapter 4.  Proper operating
 procedures are  important  during startup,  normal operation, shutdown, and
 emergency  conditions.
     7.4.7.1  Startup.  Prior  to operation of a new fabric filter,  all
 components including the  cleaning system, tha dust-discharge system, and
 the  isolation dampers and fans  should  undergo a complete check for proper
 operation.  Clean ambient air  should be passed through the system  to con-
 firm that  all bags are properly installed.  New bags are prone to  abrasion
 if subjected  to  high dust loadings and full-load gas flows, particularly
 during the initial startup before  the bags have the benefit of a dust
 buildup caka  to  protect the  fibers from abrasion or to increase their
 resistance to gas flow.  Full gas  flow at high dust loadings can allow the
 particulate matter to impinge on the fabric at high velocity and result in
 abrasion  that may shorten  bag life.   In addition,  the dust may penetrate
 so deeply into the fabric  that the cleaning system cannot  remove it, and a
 "permanent" pressure drop  results.  Bag abrasion may be prevented by
either  (1)  operating the incinerator at a low throughput  and reduced gas
volume  to allow  the  dust cake to build gradually or (2) precoating the
                                   7-15

-------
 bags  to  provide a  protective cake before the  incinerator exhaust is intro-
 duced.   Praccat materials may  include either  flyash or pulverized limestone,
      If  the fabric  filter is ccerated at temperatures below the dewpoint
 of water  and/or the  hydrochloric acid formed  by the combustion of
 chlorinated elastics,  serious  operating problems may arise.  Warm, moist
 gas that  is introduced  into a  cool or cold fabric filter will cause
 condensation on the  bags or on the fabric filter shell.  Condensation can
 causa a  condition  kr.cwn as ''mudded" bags where the bags are blinded by
 dust  ard  moisture.   The acid de-vooint depends on the amount of moisture
 and acidic material  in  the gas stream.  Condensation of acid can cause
 corrosion of the fabric filter components, sticky particulate and cake-
 release  problems, and acid attack on seme fabrics.  Preheating the fabric
 filter to a temnerature aoova  the acid dewpoint will prevent condensation
 and enhance fabric filter performance.  Because the incinerator goes
 through  a warmuo period using  natural gas or  fuel oil burners prior to
 waste ccmoustion, tna problems associated with condensation of water or
 hydrochloric acid are unlikely to occur.  If  sufficient heat in the fabric.,-
 filter collector is  not cotained from the incinerator auxiliary burner
 during startup, than additional auxiliary burners for preheating the
 baghouse  should be added.
     Unstable combustion during startup can cause some carbon carryover,
 which may result in  a sticky particulate.  This situation creates the
 potential for fires  in the fabric filter when a combustion source and an
 adequate oxygen supply are available.  Therefore, during startup, the
 fabric filter hoppers that collect the particulate should be emptied
 continually.   More importantly, unstable combustion conditions during
 startup should  be minimized  by going through proper incinerator startup
 procedures.
     7.4.7.2   Shutdown.  The top priority during shutdown of a fabric
 filter is avoiding dewpoint  conditions.   Bag cleaning and hopper emptying
 are lower priority items.
     When processes operate  on a daily cycle, the last operation of the
day should be to purge moisture and acidic materials from the fabric
filter without  passing through the dewpoint.   In the case of a hospital
waste  incinerator,  tha operator should leave the secondary chamber burner
                                   7-16

-------
 on for a few minutes  after combustion is completed  to  remove  moisture from
 the fabric filter.  Ambient air cculd then be  drawn through  the system to
 purge the remaining ccmcustion products.
      After shutdown,  5  to  20 minutes of cleaning  should  be  allowed  in
 pulse-jet systems.  This procedure will help prevent blinding of the
 bags.  Additionally,  continuing to operate the hopper  discharge system
 while the cleaning system  is in operation will  minimize  the  potential of
      It is  important  to  note  that  bypassing  the  fabric  filter  during
  ;irtup,  scot  blowing, or  an  emergency  may not be  acceptable to  the
    "icabl3  regulatory agency.   Such  occurrences  should  be  investigated  and
 addressed during  the  design stages of development.
 -j  r-   i i ^ o -f r-  i ' r~ <\ -«- r-i r\ r I f n
 / . o   /-1,-Ao i r.  HU.-\ I GU i LcK
      Many hospital- incinerator  systems  utilize a waste  heat boiler for
 orcducin steam,  '//'hen a waste  beat  boiler is included  in  the  incineration
 system,  the  air
 items  related  to  incinerator operation:
      1.   3
      ?    I!
     The  inspector should find cut what sect blowing cycle  is used  by  the
facility  and should understand any special provisions  in the air  regula-
tions  related to soot blowing; e.g., does the opacity  regulation  allow one
6-minute  period of increased opacity per hour to accommodate excursions
such as sccc blowing?  If possible, tns inspector should observe  tne
opacity of emissions during a soot blowing cycle.
     Typically, an incinerator/boiler system will "include a bypass  stack
(or duct) to allow the incinerator emissions to bypass the boiler when the
boiler is off-line or during an emergency situation (such as loss of power
to the induced draft fan).  Cn incineration systems that include  a  waste
heat boilar but do not include an add-on air pollution control device, the
emissions to the atmosphere are not significantly affected when the bypass
system is used.   However, whan both an add-on air pollution control device
and a boiler are part of the incineration system, the combustion gases
typically bypass both the boiler and  the air pollution control device when
the bypass stack is  used; bypassing the air pollution control  device will
                                   7-17

-------
 affect  the  emissions  to  the  atmosphere.  Consequently, the air inspector
 should  be awara  of  any  special permit conditions  (or general provisions of
 the  regulations)  relative  to use of the bypass  stack (i.e., bypassing the
 air  pollution  control).  The inspector should obtain information about the
 "acility's  operating  procedures, frequency of use, and recordkeeping
 procedures  relative to  use of the bypass stack.
 7.6  CITIZENS  CC;i?LA!NT  FOLLGWUP
     Air pollution  agencies, including EPA, receive many citizens
 ccr.;plaints„  Ccr.olaints  snould ba welcomed by the Agency since they serve
 to increase'ovsral1 surveillance and provide early warnings of developing
 problems.   Appendix F provides a form wnich can be used to document
 citizen complaints.
 7.7  REFERENCES  FCR CHAPTER 7
 1.  Hosoital Waste C'tmcustion Study:  Cata Gathering Phase.  Final Draf
    Planninc and Standards, Ressarcn Tri ancle Pay-!<, North Carolina.
    EPA 450/3-33-017.  Cecemoer 1953.  p. 5-2.
                                                                          _j
2.  Ibid.
3.  Ibid.
4.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  EPA Guide for Infectious Waste
    Management.  Office of Solid Waste.  Washington, D.C.
    EPA 530-SW-86-014.  May 1986.
5.  Ecolaire Combustion Products,  Inc.- Equipment Operating Manual for
    Model No. 43CE.
6.  Doucet, L. C.  Controlled-Air  Incineration:  Design, Procurement, and
    Operational Considerations.  American Hospital Association Technical
    Series, Document No. C55372.  January 1936.
7.  Simonds Incinerators.  Operation and Maintenance Manual for
    Models 7518, 1121B, and 21513.  January 1985.
8.  Consumat Systems, Inc.  Technical Data Sheet.
9.  Ontario Ministry of the Environment.  Incinerator Design and Operating
    Criteria, Volume II-Biomedical Waste Incinerators.  October 1986.
10. Air Pollution Control District of Los Angeles County.  Air Pollution
    Engineering Manual, AP-40.  U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    May 1973.
                                   7-18

-------
                                8.0   GLOSSARY

 ABSORPTION.'   The process  by which  gas molecules  are  transferred  to  a
      1iquid ohase.
                                          j
 ACID  GASES.   Corrosive  cases formed during  combustion  of  chlorinated  or
      halogerated  ccmccunas,  e.g.,  hydrogen chloride  (HC1).
 ACTUAL  CUBIC  FEET PER  MINUTE (acfm)/  A  gas  flow rate  expressed  with
      respect  tc  temperature  and oressure  conditions.
 ADIAZATIC  SATURATION, "   A  process  in which an air or  gas stream  is
      saturated with watsr  vacor without adding or subtracting  heat from
      the  system.
 -IR,  CRY.    ~ir  ccntai riing no water vapor.
 ASH.    The  solid  debris  that is the byproduct of  the  combustion of solid
      ""*' ,3 r d v -• ,3 " c
 -TC,'1IIATICN. ~  "he reduction cf liquid to  i  fine  spray.
 BAROMETRIC  SEAL."  A column  of  liquid used to hydraui ical i y  seal  a
      scrubber, or any  ccmoonent thereof,  'rcrn the  atmosohere or any  other
3URN  RATE.'  The total quantity  of  *aste  tiiat  is burned per unit of  time
      that  is usually expressed  in pounds  of waste per hour.
CHARGE RATE.*  Quantity of waste material  loaded into an incinerator over
      a unit of time but which  is not  necessarily burned.  Usually
      expressed in pounds of waste per hour.
CCCURRENT OR CONCURRENT."  -low  cf  scrucoing liquid in the same direction
      as the gas stream.
COLLECTION EFFICIENCY.'  The ratio  of the weignt of pollutant collected to
      the total  weight cf coilutant  entering the collector.
COMBUSTION.   A thermal process  in  wnich  organic compounds  are broken down
      into carbon dioxide (C0:) and  water  (H:0).
CONDENSATION.'   The physical  process of converting a substance from the
     gaseous ohase  to the licuid phase via the removal  cf heat and/or the
     application of pressure.
CROSSFLOW."  Flow of scrubbing liquid normal  (perpendicular)  to the gas
     stream.
                                    3-1

-------
 CYCLONE.    A  device  in  which  the  velocity  of  an  inlet  gas  stream  is
      transferred  into  a confined  vortex  from  which  inertia!  forces  tend  to
      drive  particles to the wall.
 CAMPER."  An  ac1 juscaDi e plate  installed  in  a  duct to regulate gas flow.
 DEHUMIDIFY. "   To  remove wafer  vapor  from a  gas streaa.
 DEMISTER.   A  mechanical  device used  to  remove encrained water droplets
      from a scrucoed gas  stream.
 CI.iSITY."   7!.=  ratio of the mass  cf  an object to  the volume  of the
      coject.
 DIFFUSION (AEROSOL).    Random  r;oticn  of  particles caused by  repeated
      collisions of gas  molecules.
 DRAFT.'  A  gas  flew resulting  frc;n pressure difference; for  example,
      between  an incinerator and the  at.mcsDhere, which  moves  the products
      of ccmoust "'en crom tre incinerator  to  the atmosphere.   (1) Natural
      draft:   the  negative reassure cheated  by the difference  in aensity
   'between  the  noc flue gases and  the atmoscrere.  (2} Inducea draft:
      the negative pressure created by the vacuum  action of a  fan or blower.-
      between  tr.e  incinerator a;.c  cne  stack.   (3)  Forced draft:  the
      positive pressure  createcj by t,:e fan or  olcwer, wnictr supp 1 ies the
      primary or second iry air..
 CRAG  FORCE.*  Resistance cf motion of an object through a medium.
      9
 DUST."  Solid particles  less than 100 micrometers created by the breakdown
      of larger particles.
 CUST  LOADING."  The .-/eight of  solid carticulate suspended  in an airstreaii
      (gas).   Usually soressec in terms of grains per  cubic  foot, grams
      per cubic meter, or ccunds oar thousand  pounds of gas.
 ENDOTHERMIC."   A chemical reaction that aoscros heat from  its
      surroundings.  For example:  C+H;0+heat  --> CO-f-H?
 ENTRAINMENT.'   'he suspension  of solids, liquid droplets, or mist in a gas
      stream.
EXCESS AIR INCINERATION."  Controlled burning at greater than
      stoichiometric air recuirements.
EXOTHERMIC/  A chemical reaction that liberates neat  to its
      surrouncings.  Combustion is an exothermic reaction.  For example:
        ,  -->  C0,+heat
                                    3-2

-------
 FEEDBACK CONTROL."  An automatic control  system  in which  information  about
      the controlled parameter is fed back  and  used for  control  of  another
      parameter.
 FIXED CAR3CN.    The nonvolatile organic portion  of waste.
 GRID."   A stationary support or retainer  for a bed of packing  in a packed
      bed scruboer.
 HEADER."  A pi-9 used to sucply and distribute liquid to  downstream
                11."  , he energy released ever a unit of time during
      ccmb'jstien.   Circulated as the heatin^ value (6tu/pcund)xbLirn rate
      (pc'jr.^/hcur).   Usually oppressed as Bcu/hcur (Btu/h).
 HEATING  VALUE.    The amount of heat that is released when a material  is
T >•- ,- -^ i 1 1 *- ^ u 1 1 -T ~i/-ji^\/ ^n T p^
u 'J o v ' u i_ ^- / . u i . I J (J ' u _/ in a M VA
                                                                    u U  L 1 1
^ v p 7* ri _> '^ T j ^ r  ' i " "* "^  *, '     T' -i '- ^ i r ' ! i /; " "  ~T] 3 ^ t e r " h a c adsorbs T, o i s '" J r e
INCINEPATOP,. *   A  thermal  device  wnicn co^ousts organic ccr;;pojnc;s using
     heat  and oxygen.
INDUCED  D.V.FT FAN.'   A fan  used  to ~ove a gas stream by creating a
     negative pressure.
INERTIA.'"  Tendency  cf a  particle co rerriain ":n a fixed direction,
     r,iooilicy  across  strea.Ti 1 i-es .
LIQUID-TO-GAS  RATIO.'   The ratio  of  the iicuid (in gallons oer minute) to
     the inlet gas  flow rate  (in  acfm).
LIQUOR.'  A solution  of  dissolved  substance sn a liquid (as opposed to a
     slurry, in which the materials  are insoluble).
MAKEUP i/ATER. '  >/ater added to compensate  for water  losses resulting from
     evaporation and water disposal.
                i
MIST ELIMINATOR."   Equipment  that  removes  entrained  water droplets
     downstream from a  scrubber.
                                    3-3

-------
MOISTURE.   Water  contained  in  the  wasta which must  be evaporated by the
      heat  generated  during combustion.
OPACITY.   Measure of  the fraction  of  light attenuated by  suspended
      "art i cu1 at 2.
PACKED-BED SCRUS3ER.""   Equipment  using small plastic or ceramic pieces,
      with  high surface  area  to  volume  ratios for  intimate  gas/liquid
      contact for mass  transfer.
PA.-TICLE.   Small  discrete mass cf  solid or liquid matter.
RETICLE SIZE.   AH  expression  for  t.ne size of liquid or solid particle
      usually expressed  in microns.
PARTICIPATE EMISSION."  Fins  solid  matter suspended  in combustion gases
      carried to tha  atmosphere.   The emission rate is usually expressed as
      a concentration such as  grains oer dry standard cubic  feet (gr/dscf)
      corrected to  a  common base,  usually 12 percent  C0:.
F-RTIC'JLA.TE MATTER.   AS rented  no conr.ro 1 technology, any material
      except uncciYiDined water  that exists as a solid  or liquid in the
      atmosohere or in a gas  stream  as r^sasured by a  standard  (reference)
      method at scecified conditions.  '*.:* standard method  of measurement
      and the specified conditions snculd be irnoiied  in or  included with
PATHOGENIC.  Wasta material capable of causing disease.
PATHOLOGICAL.  Waste material relating to the study of the essential
     nature of disease and generally altered or caused by disease.
PENETRATION.   Fraction cf suspended ^articulate that passes through a
     col 1ection device.
pH.'  A measure of acidity-alkalinity of a solution; determined by
     calculating the negative logarithm of the nydrcgen ion concentration.
PRESSURE DROP.'  The difference in static pressure between two points due
     to energy losses in a gas stream.
PRESSURE,  STATIC."  The pressure exerted in all  directions by a fluid;
     measured in a direction normal (perpendicular) to the direction of
PRESSURE, lOTAL."  I he algebraic sum of the velocity pressure and the
     static pressure.
PRESSURE, VELOCITY."   The kinetic pressure in the direction of gas flow.
                                    3-4

-------
 PROXIMATE ANALYSIS.   ine determination of the amounts of volatile matter,
      fixed carbon, moisture, and nonccmDustibla (ash) matter in any given
      waste material.
 PYROLYSIS.  Tha chemical  dastruction of organic materials in the presence
      of heat and the  absence of oxygen.
 QUENCH."   Cooling of  hot  cases by rapid evaporation of water.
 RE.:GCNT.~  The material  used to react with the gaseous pollutants.
 RETE'TICN ~~.'"I,~  •"-;:cunt  of time the combustion gases are exposed to
      mixing, temperature, and excess air for final  ccitDUSticn.
 SATURATED GAS/   A mixture of gas and vaoor to \vhich no additional vaccr
      cm  be added, at  specified conditions.   Partial pressure  of vapor is
      ecual  to  vaoor pressure of the  liquid at the  gas-vapor  mixture
      ^ -~"cer"; hi-re
                   '       ibuiion of ^articles of  different  sizes within a
                                     *^ i T^ ^ "* ,'~ "• o i^ p ••  c; "^ p r~ "* '" ~* o            '
     material; present  in  sufficient  quantity  to  be  observable
     independently of other  solids.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY.'  The  ratio between  the density of  a  substance  at  a
     Qivsn *"emoara1"ur°  and fh? density of ,vatar a*" 4"C.
SPRAY NOZZLE."  A device used for the controlled  introduction of  scrubbing
     liquid at prede^ermnod rates, distribution  cat terns, pressures,  and
     u r c Dia t sizes.
STANDARD CU3IC FEET PER MINUTE (scfm).'  A gas flow  rate expressed ,vith
     respect to standard temperature and aressurs  conditions.
STARVED AIR INCINERATION.  Controlled burning  at  less than stoichiometric
     air requirements.
STOICHICMETRIC.  The theoretical  amount of air required for complete
     ccmoustion of waste to CO, and H20 vapor.
STREAMLINE.   The visualized path of a fluid in motion.
                                    3-5

-------
STUFF AND BURN.  A situation  in which  the  cnarging rate  is greater  than
     burning rate to the  incinerator.
TEMPER/MURE, ABSOLUTE."  Teircerature  exoressed  in degrees aoove  absolute
VAPCR.   The gaseous forn of suDstances  that  are normally  in  the  solid  or
      liquid state and whose states can be  changed either by  increasing  the
     pressure or by decreasing the temperature.
YCLATILI T,*7"""!/.  That oorticn cf waste  material wnicn can be  liberated
          tr,c aco i ica11 on or n2a t only.
-.   U. S. Environmental Protection Aaency, Control Techniques  for
    Participate Emissions fro 11 Stationary Sources.  Volume  I,
    tr>A-450/3-31-CG5a.  Seote:i!cer 1932.
                                    3-6

-------
APPENDIX A.

-------
               INSPECTION  CHECKLIST FOR WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
 Date:
 Inspectors  ra;ne:   _
 Agency  affi1iati on:
 Facility  n^e:
 Facility  cc,:r;2CC  person:                    __ 	 Telephone No.
                                                                Approximate
                                                                  percent
Estimating heating value,  31" :/lb:
llasta hard ling practices
   1.  Are infectious waste proparly bagged and marked, yes/no:
   2.  Are sharps contained in puncture resistant  containers,
       yes/re;
   3.  Are torn or ruptured "red bags1' covicus, yes/no:
   4.  Are liquids leaking frcn t,se bags, yes/no:  	
   5.  Are all reasonable steps being taken to assure  integrity of  red
       bags prior to charging to the incinerator?	
Storage practices
   1.   Storage duration, days:
   2.   Storage area ternperature, 3F:
Comments:
                                    A-l

-------
ioo
ENDIX 3.
                 iERATGF

-------

-------
             APPENDIX B.  INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR INCINERATORS
 Date:
 Inspectors name:   __
 Agency affiliation:
 Facility name:	
 Address:
 Facilicy contact  person:	 Telephone No.
 j.i"cineruCcr Cjpe/ ecerati ncj rnoce:
   Starved air	
   Excess air
   Batch  fed
 Is  primary  air  system  in  good  '.,or.(C-"I'irg order,  jes/no:
Static  pressure  in  primary cnam^er,  in.  w.c.:   	
Primary combustion  chamber temDerature,  T:   	
Secondary ccrnoustion chamber  temperature,  T:   	
Exit gas oxygen  level,  'i,\	
Exit gas CO level,  '<:   	
Opacity CEMS inspecced, yes/no,  ccri-encs:
Visible emissions from  stack, ;<:
Fugitive visible emissions from  as in  removal:
  (Attach Method 9 data form)
Other fugitive emissions observed:   	
Incinerator shell corrosion and/or  hot  spots, yes/no:
Audible air leaks, yes/no:	
Ash quality:                          	
Visual inspection of waste bed:
Visual inspection of secondary burner:
                                    3-3

-------
Startup procedures:



  1.  Frequency:
  2.  Temperature in secondary chamber before charging,  3F:   	



Shutdown procedures:



  1.  Temperature in primary chamber at cutoff of secondary  burners,  °F:
Comments:
                                   B-4

-------
                   APPENDIX C.



INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR POLLUTION CONTROL SYSTEM

-------

-------
           INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR VENTURI/PACKED-BED SCRUBBERS
 Date:
 Inspectors name:  _
 Agency affiliation:
 Facility name:  	
 Address:
 Facility contact person:  	 Telephone  No.
 Stack emissions opacity, yes/no  (see Method 9 form):  	
 Process fugitives emission, opacity average:  	
 Plume color:                                          	
Water vapor plume present  (yes/no):
Fan vibration problem (yes/no):  	
Fan current, amperes:  	
Scrubber pressure drop, in. w.c.:  	
M1st eliminator pressure drop,  in. w.c.:
Scrubber liquid flow rate, gpm:  	
Scrubber liquid pressure, psig:      .
Scrubber liquid pump current:  	
Audible pump cavitation (yes/no):  	
Nozzle pressure, psig:  	
Physical problems of scrubber (yes/no):
Physical problems of ducting (yes/no):
Scrubber liquid effluent, pH level:  	
Recirculation tank pH level:  	
Recirculation tank percent suspended solids:  	
Mist eliminator feed water .percent suspended solids:
Gas temperature at scrubber inlet, °F:  	
Gas temperature at scrubber outlet, °F:  	
Comments:
                                    C-6

-------

-------
                   INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR DRY SCRUBBERS
Date:
 Inspectors  name:
 Agency affiliation:
 Facility name:  	
 Address:
Facility contact  person:  	Telephone  No.
Process fugitive  emissions  (yes/no):  	
Plume color:
Average opacity, percent:  	
Spray dryer
  Approach-to-saturation temperature:
  Inlet gas temperature, dry bulb  °F:
  Outlet gas temperature, dry bulb °F:
  •9o-tlet gas temperature, wet bulb °F:
  Makeup reagent feed rate:  	
  Recycle reagent feed rate:  	
  Nozzle air pressure, psig:  	
  Nozzle slurry pressure, psig:  	
Dry scrubber
  Reagent feed rate:  	
  SolIds recycle rate:  	
Comments:
                                    C-7

-------
             INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR PULSE-JET FABRIC  FILTERS
Date:
Inspectors name:  _
Agency affiliation:
Facility name:  	
Address:
Facility contact person:  	 Telephone No.
Stack emissions opacity, 6 min average:  	
Condensed water vapor plume, presence/absence:
Process fugitive emissions, average opacity:
Plume color:                          	
Pressure drop, baghouse compartment 1, in. w.c.:
Pressure drop, baghouse compartment 2, in. w.c.:
Pressure drop, baghouse compartment 3, in. w.c.:
Pulse cleaning cycle, min:
Pulse cleaning pressure, psi:
Baghouse gas inlet temperature, "F:
Baghouse gas outlet temperature, °F:
Solids discharge rate, Ib/h:
Clean side deposits (yes/no):
Comments:                             	
                                    C-8

-------
   APPENDIX D.



METHOD 9 WORK SHEET

-------

-------

-MPAMT MAMC

•..5)IBUSS.-«,*».U,, v- 	
_ t » i

*E£T AOOHESS

•Y
ONE (KEY CONTACT;
STATE ZIP
SOURCE 0 NUM«CR

yg5? EQUIPMENT


 t
> i
• |
i






10 | |
» i
12 I
13 1 '










1


















1
case EMISSIONS
n
SSONCOtOA
t 6n-
 PI i IMC lAfauvm MH

1
TtQnOVINO CCLOA
I EM
OSPEED
1 EM
ICNTTEMP I
1 End !

EM
* WATER DROPLET PLUMC
AiMnMO OMMHM Q
TYWACOETEMMNCO
EM


EM
EKYcaomoNS
^I^^B C^wi
wMoomECTDN
swt EM
WET BULB TEMP , HM. MOOT
I


14
« I


t7

H

it
20
« 1
22

3























i

i



















J










      LAYOUT SKETCH
                              o
                t Position
Swn
          tin*
                                           24
                                          30
                                         OBSERVER'S NAME (PAINT)
                                         OBSERVER'S SIGNATURE
                                                                                    DATE
                                         ORGANIZATION
                                         CgflTlflEO BY
                                                                                   DATE
                                        CONTINUED ON VEO FORM NUMCER
                                      D-l

-------

-------
  APPENDIX  E.



SAFETY CHECKLIST

-------

-------
                       APPENDIX E.   SAFETY CHECKLIST
Waste handling
  1.  Is handling of red bags kept to a minimum?  yes/no
  2.  Is the integrity of red bag waste maintained during handling?
      yes/no
Operator protective equipment
  1.  Does the operator wear proper protective equipment?
      a.  Hard soled boats;
      b.  Thick rubber gloves;
      c.  Safety glasses;
      d.  Disposable or special coveralls; and
      e.  Dust mask/respirator
Operating hazards
  Are available safety hazards evident?
  1.  Spilled liquids in the waste  handling area
  2.  Scrubber solution leaks, spills
                                   E-l

-------

-------
APPENDIX F.  CITIZEN COMPLAINT FORM

-------

-------
                                     COMPLAINT FORM'
                                           ormt Of WP»>
 Statement o»   Mr tf""!Mr«J""ly!i f~i
              1C BBC* O"« O«'vi
 -tome Address .
      i Address
                                                           Tel. No.
                           OfVW tfttf*
 Business Address ______________
                  HI Not* fcntvr Non« i
 Business Teleonone No. 	
                                                        Extension
 •  NAME OF COMPANY OR SOURCE.  	
                                           II NV
 T  Nature o» emission comolameo of    (Cheek DOXI       Smoke j	|
   Dust  C]    Soot C3     Odors  C3   Otner  C
   Oescrioe odor or emission	
3  One »na time eminions ooscfvea
4  it ooinote. desiqrvate soecific source
5  M«ve vou or »nv memoer o« your nousenoid oecome ill because of these em.mons'
                      Yes  D                No  C3
6  Oescrioe nature of illness                 ••——————~~~—~^——
7 State any oama^e done to your orooerty. nome. (urnnure. iutomoo.ie. cloth.ng, etc..
8  Will you testify in court'     Yes
                                            |  | i" "« a
  I  declare under oenalty ol oeriury tn«t the »Dov« information is true and correct.
  Executed on             _  19      at         .
                                         F-l

-------

-------
APPENDIX G.  EXAMPLE INSPECTION REPORT

-------
 Facility Name:
 Address:
APPENDIX G.  EXAMPLE INSPECTION REPORT
      General  Hospital
 I.D.  No.:
 Facility Contact:
 Title:
 Phone No.:
 Type  of  Inspection:
 Date:
 Time:
 Inspector's  Name:
 Agency:

 Source Inspected:
      516 Memorial  Lane
      Raleigh,  North  Carolina
      28421
      Mr. George  Brown
      Facility  Engineer
      (404)  596-2431
      Routine annual  Level  II  inspection
      June 30,  1990
      7:00 - 11:30 a.m.  EDST
      John Doe
      U.  S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Region IV
      Incineration Facility
Background  Information
     General Hospital operates one Acme Model 200 controlled-air
incinerator rated at 300 Ib per charge of refuse.  The unit is controlled
by an Acme Model 300 venturi scrubber.  The incinerator is subject to the
State incinerator emission regulation, No. 4305, which limits particulate
emissions to 0.08 gr/dscf at 12 percent C02 and visible emissions to
20 percent opacity.  The State operating permit stipulates that secondary
chamber combustion temperatures be maintained at a minimum of 1800°F with
a retention time of 2 seconds.  The permit also stipulates that the
venturi  scrubber be operated at a pressure drop of 20 in.  w.c. with a
liquid-to-gas ratio of 8 gallons per 1,000 actual cubic feet of exhaust
gas.   The incinerator is operated in a batch mode.  On a typical day,
operation of the incinerator starts around 7 a.m. with cleanout of ash
from the previous day.  The unit is then charged with a mixture of general
hospital refuse and red bag waste and sealed.  The incinerator secondary
                                   G-l

-------
 chamber  is  then  preheated  for  approximately 30 minutes with auxiliary fuel
 firing.  The waste charge  is burned for a set time period of 5 hours and
 allowed  to  cool  down overnight for ash removal the following morning.
 During the  initial phases  of the waste combustion, the waste material
 provides the necessary heat, and the combustion is self-sustaining.
 During the  later phases of burnout, auxiliary fuel burners are used to
 maintain the necessary temperatures.
 General  Inspection Information
     On June 20,  1990, I phoned Mr. George Brown, Facility Engineer, and
 notified him that a representative of the North Carolina Air Pollution
 Control Division  (APCD) and I  would be conducting an annual inspection of
 the incineration  facility  on June 30, 1990.  Because of the batch mode of
 operation of the  incinerator,  notification of the facility was necessary
 to obtain the operating schedule to ensure that the important phases of
 operation,  Including ash cleanout, charging, and burndown, could be
 observed.
     On June 30,  1990, Mr. John Smith of the APCD and I arrived at the    >
 facility at 7 a.m. and met with Mr. Brown.  Both Mr. Smith and I presented
 our credentials and explained  the purpose of the inspection.  Mr. Brown
 stated that the  incinerator was used to burn both general refuse and red
 bag wastes.  He estimated that red bag wastes comprised approximately 40
 percent of the waste burned.  Mr. Brown was unable to provide an estimate
 of the percentage of PVC plastics in the waste.
 Facility Inspection
     At approximately 7:45 a.m., Mr. Brown, Mr. Smith, and I moved to the
 incinerator location.  The incinerator is located on a concrete pad
 approximately 75 feet from the loading dock.  General refuse contained in
white.plastic garbage bags was stored in two plastic bins on the loading
dock.   A third plastic bin contained red bag wastes.  The waste on the
dock represented the waste generated by the hospital the previous day for
 incineration.   The red bag wastes were approximately 30 to 40 percent by
volume of the total  wastes to be incinerated.   The control panel for the
incinerator contained maximum and minimum temperature thermostat settings
for both the primary and secondary chambers of the incinerator.
Temperature gauges for both chambers were also available on the control
                                    G-2

-------
 panel.   The exhaust duct from the incinerator  passed  through  an  adjustable
 throat  venturi  scrubber followed by  a  cyclonic mist eliminator.   The
 venturi  scrubber was equipped with a differential  pressure  meter and
 liquid  flow meter.   An  induced-draft fan was located  downstream  of  the
 mist  eliminator.   The fan was equipped with a  static  pressure gauge.  The
 exhaust  gases were  emitted through a 25-foot-tall  steel  stack.
 Inspection  Findings
      I visually inspected each of the  red bags on  the loading dock.   All
 of  the red  bags were sealed with plastic ties.   There were  no tears or
 punctures in the  bags.   No sharps were protruding  through the bags, and no
 liquids  were leaking from the bags.  Because of safety considerations,  I
 did not  open any  of the red bags to  characterize their contents.  The bags
 were  stored for one day on the dock  at ambient temperatures (90°F max. on
 June  30, 1990).   I  did  not observe any garbage or  refuse either  on  the
 loading  dock or on  the  concrete incinerator pad.   I also did  not detect
 any noticeable  odors associated with the waste.  Attachment 1 presents an
 inspection  checklist for the waste characterization.                      j
      At  8:00 a.m.,  the  incinerator operator opened the charging  door  to
 the incinerator and  moved  a large steel tray and several empty open drums
 to  the door of  the  unit.   He then scraped the  bottom  ash into the tray
 with  a large hoe  and  shoveled the remaining ash  into  the drums.   He
 immediately wetted  down  the ash with a nearby water hose.   I  observed a
 slight amount of  visible  fugitive dust emissions during  removal  of the ash
 prior to wetting.   The  tray and drums  contained  fine  gray ash  intermixed
 with  a small amount of glass  bottles and metal  cans and  utensils.   I  did
 not observe  any non-combusted  combustible material.   The operator dumped
 the wet bottom ash  in a  nearby  dumpster for subsequent disposal  at the
 county landfill.  While the doors were open, I  looked  inside  the
 incinerator  (I  did not enter  the  unit).  There were no obvious missing
 chunks in the refractory.   Openings to the primary chamber  air supply
 system did  not  appear to be plugged.
     At approximately 8:30  a.m.,  the operator rolled  the plastic  bins
containing  the  wastes to the  incinerator.   He manually tossed the red bag
waste  and the bags containing the general  refuse onto the incinerator
hearth and  closed the charging door.   At  8:55 a.m., the operator  ignited
                                    G-3

-------
the secondary chamber auxiliary natural gas-fired burner to preheat the
secondary chamber.  I observed that the control settings for the secondary
chamber were set for a minimum temperature of 1800"F and a maximum of
1975°F.  While the secondary chamber was heating up, the operator started
the draft fan and turned on the water flow to the venturi scrubber.  At
9:18 a.m., the operator ignited the primary chamber burners.  I noted that
the temperature gauge for the secondary chamber indicated a value of
1825°F.  I observed that the control settings for the primary chamber were
at a minimum temperature of 1300°F and a maximum of 1500°F.  At 9:43 a.m.,
I noted that the primary chamber auxiliary burner had shut off.  The
temperature readout indicated a primary chamber temperature of 1425°F.
While the incinerator was operating, I slowly circled the entire unit.  I
did not observe any hot spots on the incinerator casing.  Attachment 2
presents an inspection checklist for the incinerator.
     After inspecting the incinerator, I visually inspected the ductwork
of the exhaust system.  I did not observe excessive corrosion- or
noticeable holes.  I also did not locate any audible air leaks.  I        ^
observed a pressure drop of 22 in.w.c. on the venturi scrubber pressure
gauge and a liquid flow rate of 45 gallons per minute.  The draft fdn
seemed to be operating properly.  I did not observe any excessive
vibrations.  The magnehelic indicated a static pressure at the fan of
25 in. w.c.  Attachment 3 presents an inspection checklist for the venturi
scrubber.
     At 10:30 a.m., I assumed a position 75 feet northeast of the stack
and took visible emission readings for 15 minutes.  The stack had an
attached steam plume that dissipated approximately 40 feet from the
stack.  Average opacity for the period was 6.5 percent.  Attachment 4
presents the visible emission observation form for the period.
Summary of Findings
     1.  Waste handling procedures complied with EPA recommended
procedures.  Infectious wastes were bagged in red plastic bags.  I
observed no tears, ruptures, punctures, or leaking liquids from the
bags.   Storage time for the wastes was a maximum of 24 hours.  I observed
no litter, vermin, or obnoxious odors.
                                    G-4

-------
      2.   The  State  operating  permit  requires a minimum secondary chamber
 temperature of  1800°F.   During my observations, the secondary chamber
 temperature fluctuated  between 1810° and  1875°F.
      3.   The  State  operating  permit  requires a minimum gas retention time
 in  the secondary chamber of 2 seconds.  During the State's initial
 compliance test (May 1988), the gas  retention time was 2.2 seconds while
 burning a 243-lb charge  of general refuse and red bag wastes.  During the
 test, the average secondary combustion chamber temperature was 1845°F and
 the fan static pressure  was 26 in. w.c.  During this inspection, I
 estimated a charge  weight of  approximately 250 Ib.  The observed fan
 static pressure was 25  in. w.c. and  the average secondary chamber
 temperature was 1830°F.  Although I was unable to actually measure the
 flue gas  volume, and as  a result calculate the gas retention time, the
 observed  secondary  chamber temperature and fan static pressure indicate
 that the  gas  retention time in the secondary chamber should be similar to
 the measured  rate during the  initial performance test.
     4.   The  State  operating  permit requires a minimum venturi scrubber
 pressure  drop of 20 in. w.c.  I observed a pressure drop of 20 in. w.c. as
 indicated by  the scrubber magnehelic.
     5.   The  State operating  permit requires a minimum liquid-to-gas ratio
 of 8 gallons  per thousand actual  cubic feet of flue gas.  During the
 State's initial compliance test,  the liquid-to-gas ratio was
 8.2 gal/1,000 acf with a liquid flow rate to the venturi scrubber of
 48 gal/min.   During this inspection, I observed a liquid flow rate of
 50 gal/min.  Although I was unable to actually measure the flue gas
 volume, and as a result the liquid-to-gas ratio,  the observed liquid flow
 rate indicates that the liquid-to-gas ratio should be similiar to the
measured rate during the initial  performance test.
     6.  State regulations require that average opacity as measured by EPA
Method 9 not exceed 20 percent.   I observed an average opacity of
6.5 percent for 15 minutes during the inspection.   Opacity did not exceed
20 percent for any 6-minute period.
     7.  I did not observe any documentable violations of applicable rules
and regulations during this inspection.
                                    G-5

-------
                          INSPECTION  CHECKLIST FOR  INCINERATORS
 Date:
 Inspectors name:     	
 Agency affiliation:    &f># - Ae*>'oN
 Facility name:    i
 Address:    5/£ Memorial  Aa^&   Rale'.ak  N.C..
 Facility contact  person:    George.  Arcxw     Telephone
 Incinerator type/operating mode:
   Starved air           	^_	
   Excess air            	
   Batch  fed             	\/L	
   Intermittent duty     	
   Continuous duty
 Charging rate, Ib/h:       300 /fes
 No. of charges/h:  	-3.
 Is  primary air system in good working order, yes/no:  	ye.s
 Is  secondary air system, in good working order, yes/no:     yes
 Static pressure in primary chamber, in. w.c.:     .
 Primary combustion chamber temperature, °F:  	
Secondary combustion chamber temperature, °F:  	/?
Exit gas oxygen level, £:  	
Exit gas CO level, %:  	
Opacity CEMS inspected, yes/no, comments:
Visible emissions from stack, %:  	
Fugitive visible emissions from ash removal:   i/WY s /.'«»/ f emi^f^s fioe*i-3s.
  (Attach Method 9 data form)                     '    w
Other fugitive emissions observed:
Incinerator shell corrosion and/or hot spots,  yes/no:      A/O
Audible air leaks, yes/no:
Ash quality:   PI'N&. gray qsA - A/0 ohr/'ot*s  t/*/knrtv&0/ COrtbusJ-i'U«s
Visual inspection of waste bed:   	/V7fl	
Visual inspection of secondary  burner:   	A//A

-------
Startup procedures:
  1.  Frequency:        1- per
  2.  Temperature  in secondary chamber before  charging, °F:  	
Shutdown procedures:
  1.  Temperature  in primary chamber at cutoff of  secondary burners, °F:
Comments:      ~7^g  /uC''
-------
            INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR VENTURI/PACKED-BED SCRUBBERS
 Date:
 Inspectors  name:   _ 'John Doe.
 Agency  affiliation:    £PA - Ke.<*!
 Facility  name:
 Address:    S/t, /ffgAW/o/ La*,*    /?a/g/g
 Facility contact person:    £ gorge Rt-o^u      Telephone
 Stack emissions opacity, yes/no  (see Method 9 fonn):
 Process fugitives emission, opacity average:  _ VOA/C.
 Plume color:                     Gr<*
 Water vapor plume present  (yes/no):
 Fan  vibration problem (yes/no):
 Fan current, amperes:  	/v//Q    — Sfgf/e. pressure.   AS/*.
 Scrubber pressure drop, in. w.c.:
Mist eliminator pressure drop, in. w.c.:        A///?
Scrubber liquid flow rate, gpm:  	H-s
Scrubber liquid pressure, psig:  	
Scrubber liquid pump current:  	
Audible pump cavitation (yes/no):  	
Nozzle pressure, psig:  	
Physical problems of scrubber (yes/no):  	/V0
Physical problems of ducting (yes/no):  	A/o
Scrubber liquid effluent, pH level:  	
Recirculatlon tank pH level:  	
Recirculatlon tank percent suspended solids:  	
M1st eliminator feed water percent suspended solids:  	
Gas temperature at scrubber inlet, °F:  	A///)
Gas temperature at scrubber outlet, °F:  	/V//9
Comments :      TAf   hysical arafar-et/vte.  &£  ^4e  £cr«loker
                                    /A/

-------
n u u *j End ^Qnte.
IBE PLUME BACKGROUND
5AV - w s-*^*-
ROUND
PEED
COLOR
Ok End 5-^^^
^^^-^
TSun LOCMien Lin«

NAL INFORMATION
•
OBSERVATION OA.e START TIM6 £NO TIME
6 /3 O /9 O / () .' SO Q, /*t, / ' 0'. 1 <}
MIN \
1
0 : -5 30 *5
1 _5_ 10 5- 5^
2 10 • 5 • $ $
2

4
5
6
7
1
•
10
11
1?
13
14
IS
16
17
IS
t»
20
21
22
23
Z : 5 5 0
5 Z
5 s
$
$
$
$
5
5
/O
/o
/D
5
S
5
/o /o
5 /o
/o- so
5







5







s $
S 5
5-
/o
4j
$
5
/o
£
5
5
$
£
/ o
/o 1 jT
/O /O
/o
/O






s
/O







i
"I
29

-I
27

" I
29
30















\




\
COMMENTS
-—















^













OBSERVER'S NAME (PRINT)
Jo n N DOC.
OBSERVER'S SIGNATURE DATE
^^U. A^i_ 6/30/70
ORGANIZATION
CERTIFIED BY DATE
LV. S £ 9f\ 'i/l£/ciC>
CONTINUED ON VEO FORM NUMBER

-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
'Please 'tsa Instructions On me reverse oeiore comaer.nri
' f&£-i4i?/ 1 PO fifil !2' 3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
4.
7
9
12
15
TITLE ANOSUSTITLE
Hospital U'aste Incinerator Fiel
Evaluation ,'ianual
AUTHOR(S)
Stacy Smith, Steven Schliesser,
Stephen Edgerton
d Inspection and Source
Hark Turner,
PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Midwest Research Institute
Suite 350
401 Harrison Oaks Boulevard
Gary, North Carolina 27513
. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME ANO ADDRESS
U..S. Environmental Protection
Stationary Source Compliance Di
Office of Air Quality Planning
Washington, D.C. 20460
SUPPLEMENTARY. NOTES ,_ ..
£?A nork Assignment Manager
James Topsale, Region III, Phil
oa.n Sflundpr*. ^TD. Washington,
Agency
vision
and Standards
5. REPORT OATF.
February 1989
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
11. CONTRACT GRANT NO.
68-02-4463
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVEF
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
*
adelphia, Pennsylvania
O.C.
 6 ABSTRAC
     This manual  summarizes the information necessary for conducting field   ,
inspections of hospital  waste incinerators.  The manual is intended for use by
Federal, State, and  local  field inspectors.

     The document presents the following information:  (a) basic inspection
procedures, (b) descriptions of the types' of hospital waste incinerators,
(c) descriptions  of  air  pollution control  systems which might be used on hospital
incinerators, and (d)  inspection techniques for hospital incinerators.  Inspectio
checklists also are  provided.
                                                                                    on
17 ' 
-------